Home

SpiraTest v4.2 User Manual

1. gt Create Test Case From This Requirement aS The test coverage box indicates the test cases that are currently mapped against the requirement To add test cases to this requirement choose from the list above and click Add You can use the Remove and Remove All buttons to remove tests that no longer cover the requirement The pane consists of two lists of test cases the one on the left being the hierarchical list of the test cases belonging to the project arranged in test folders The right box which will initially be empty contains the list of test cases mapped to this requirement The test cases in this box include columns for their ID name and execution status Hovering the mouse over the names of the test cases in either box will display a tooltip consisting of the test case name place in the folder structure and a detailed description Clicking on the hyperlinks in right hand box will jump you to the test case details screen for the test case in question see section 5 2 9 To change the coverage for this requirement you use the buttons Add Remove Remove All positioned between the two list boxes The lt Add gt button will move the selected test cases from the list of available on the left to the list of mapped on the right Similarly the lt Remove gt and lt Remove All gt buttons will remove either the selected or all the test cases from the right list box and add them back to the left list
2. To change between the three modes outlined above simply select the desired mode from the drop down list contained within the header of the incident list table You can perform the following actions gt Refresh updates the list of incidents from the server useful if other people are adding incidents to this release at the same time Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of incidents gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all incidents associated with the current release are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the incident allows you to edit the incident inline directly on this screen This functionality is limited to project owners gt Show Hide Columns Allows you to choose which incident columns are visible 7 2 5 Reqs amp Tasks In this mode the lower part of the right pane displays the list of requirements and their associated child tasks that need to be completed for the release iteration to be completed Overview Incidents Reqs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History gt Insert Task Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter gt Est Effort 94 00 Actual Effort 61 00 Projected Effort 95 75 Displaying 6 out of 6 item s V e RequkomonsTerk Wome portance Progress Owner Est Effort Actual Effort Projected Effort Edit D C C a GD C gt Edit g a Ability to
3. Review Owner Please Select di Description Font V se v B z U E 3 HEee be epoom Tests that the user can create a new book in the system This page is made up of three areas the left pane displays the test list navigation the top of the right pane displays the name of the selected test case together with various operation icons and the bottom of the right pane displays different tabs with information related to the test case The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the test case list as well as a list of the peer test case to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the detailed information of all the peer test cases by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the test cases list page The navigation list can be switched between three different modes e The list of test cases matching the current filter e The list of all test cases irrespective of the current filter e The list of test cases assigned to the current user The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular test case You can edit the name and once you are satisfied with any changes to the test case simply click either the lt Save gt or lt Save and New gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes In addition you can delete the current artifact by choosing lt Delete g
4. Functional Tests W Step 1 A 3 Ability to create ne 1 Step 2 Ability to edit existv O step 3 r Bey ia lt gt Estep 4 Type Related to Comment gt Add Cancel Once you have selected the appropriate artifact type you will then be able to choose the specific artifact you want to link to In all cases you can choose the item from a scrolling selection box or you can either enter the ID of the artifact directly if known In either case you can also add a comment that explains the rationale for the association If you re adding an association to a test step then there are actually two selection boxes one to choose the overall test case and the other to choose the specific test step 6 2 8 Creating a Requirement from an Incident Sometimes you may have a situation where an enhancement has been logged in the incident tracker and now that it has been approved it needs to be converted into a formal requirement so that test cases and tasks can be generated from it To aid this process there is a shortcut link on the Associations tab that allows you to create a new requirement from the current incident and have it be automatically added to the requirements list When that is performed an association is automatically added that links this new requirement to the original incident 6 2 9 Emailing the Incident Using the lt Email gt button on the toolbar you c
5. You can perform the following actions on a task from this screen gt New Task inserts a new task in the task list with a default set of values The task will be associated with the current requirement Remove removes the task from this requirement without actually deleting the task gt Refresh updates the list of tasks from the server useful if other people are adding tasks to this requirement at the same time gt Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of tasks Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all tasks associated with the current requirement are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the task allows you to edit the task inline directly on this screen Only columns visible will be editable gt Show Hide Columns Allows you to choose which Task columns are visible The system has a series of shortcuts that simplify the editing of requirements and tasks gt If you create a new task on the requirements page the priority release iteration and owner are automatically copied from the parent requirement You can change these suggested values before clicking Update gt When you assign a release iteration to a requirement its status automatically changes to Planned gt When at least one task assigned to the requirement changes from Not Started to In Progress the parent requirement automatically switches from Planne
6. B sy Y Export Items Eunctional Tests 5 Ability to create naw book Ability 10 edit existing book Setect Project Ability to create new author Ability to edit existing author sj Ability to reassign book to different author Regression Tests 2 amp Scenario Tests 2 Exception Scenario Tests 1 E Person loses book and needs to report loss Not Run Not Run z3 Adding naw book ang author to ibrary amp Common Tests 2 5 Open Up Web Browser Login to Appiication Show 15 rows per page Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Please select the project you want to export to 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs TC000002 TC000003 TC000004 TC000005 TC000006 TC000007 TC000010 TCO00011 TC000012 TC000013 TC000015 TCO00016 TC000017 is J P a9 gt CU Displaying page 1 Soft gt gt Once you have chosen the destination project and clicked the lt Export gt button the test cases will be exported from the current project to the destination project Any file attachments will also be copied to the destination project along with the test cases 5 1 13 Adding Test Case
7. Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 4 1 10 Copying Requirements To copy a requirement or set of requirements simply select the check boxes of the requirements you want to copy and then select the Edit gt Copy menu option This will copy the current requirements selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the requirements to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The requirements will now be copied into the destination location you specified The name of the copied requirements will be prefixed with Copy of to distinguish them from the originals Note that copied requirements will also include the test coverage information from the originals 4 1 11 Moving Requirements To move a requirement in the requirements hierarchy there are two options 1 Click on the icon the requirement you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The border between the destination requirements will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted sE Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searc Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ie Bloggs Requirements qinsety 3 Delete indent lt Outdent S
8. Refactor book details screen to include edition dr TK 000016 Modified 28 Dec 2012 ra Information System Task A Refactor book details screen to include edition dr TK 000016 Modified 28 Dec 2012 Lan Information System Task Z Refactor book details screen to include edition dr TK 000016 Modified 28 Dec 2012 Liban Information System Task A Refactor book details screen to include edition dr TK 000016 Modified 27 Dec 2012 Library Information System Incident WE Cannot add a new book to the system IN 000007 Modified PR 1 a o o o o ajak This can be useful when auditing the changes made by a specific user 10 Document Management This section outlines the document management features of SpiraTeam that can be used to upload manage and share documents between the different members of the project This module includes support for uploading files and URLs versioning of documents the ability to organize into folders and categorize and search using meta tags In addition the document management features are fully integrated into the rest of the system so that documents attached to other artifacts e g requirements test cases etc are automatically connected to the project documentation repository 10 1 Document List When you click on the Project Home gt Documents link on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the project documents list screen illustrated below SE intemal Projects
9. The list consists of test folders shown with a folder icon and in bold type and test cases that are shown with a document icon and a hyperlink You can nest test folders and test cases under an existing test folder but you cannot nest anything under a test case All of the items in the list have a name together with the most recent execution status passed failed or not run and owner author execution date active flag and test case number Clicking on a test case s hyperlink will take you to the test case details page for the item in question see section 5 2 It is important to understand that only test cases are assigned a status themselves the test folders instead display a test execution bar graph that illustrates the aggregate execution status of its child test cases Thus if the test folder contains two test cases one of which passed and one of which wasn t run the graph will display 50 green and 50 gray To determine the exact aggregate test folder execution status information position the mouse pointer over the bar chart and the number of tests in each of the execution statuses passed failed not run blocked caution will be displayed as a tooltip Note that if you change the owner of a test folder then all the child test cases will be assigned the same owner This allows you to more easily associate entire folders to test cases to be executed by a specific user 5 1 1 Insert Hovering over the lt Insert
10. This is the first version of the system Operating System Windows Vista v Description Font See VY B z Ul SSS SE ee ae epoow This is the initial release of the Library Management System This page is made up of three areas the left pane is the navigation window the upper part of the right pane contains the release detailed information itself and the bottom part of the right pane displays different information associated with the release The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the release list as well as a list of the other releases in the current project This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the test run information of all the other releases by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the release list page The navigation list can be switched between two different modes e The list of releases matching the current filter e The list of all releases irrespective of the current filter The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular release In addition you can delete the current artifact by choosing lt Delete gt discard any changes made by clicking lt Refresh gt or print it by clicking lt Print gt The lower part of the right pane can be in one of eight possible modes that can be selected Overview Incidents Reqs amp Tasks Test Cases T
11. ar Sequence Diagram for Book Mgt L Graphical Design Mockups psd Use Case Diagram vsd Planning y Testing Tracking Reporting Documents gt Document Details 2 Fred Bloggs 7 Save 3 Delete Refresh Document Sequence Diagram for Book Mat pdf DC000007 Filename Sequence Diagram for Book Mgt pdf Font vi sze vw BZ u i 1 e enpnom Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the book managament use case test case Description Author Management Screen Wirefi T Book Management Screen Wirefra Creator Fred Bloggs v Joe P Smith v Creation Date 5 2 2006 8 00 00 PM Last Edited 5 9 2006 8 00 00 PM Current Version 1 2 Document Folder Design Documents v Document Type UML Diagram v Tags Edited By sequence diagram book management Acrobat E 35 KB File Type Size Associations Versions This page is made up of three areas the left pane is for navigation the upper part of the main pane contains the details of the document and the bottom part of the right pane contains the list of document versions and the list of artifacts that the document is associated with The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the project document list as well as a list of other documents in the current folder This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly vie
12. gt Refresh updates the list of associations from the server useful if other people are adding associations to this task at the same time Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of associations gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all associations for the current task are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the associations allows you to edit the association type and comment fields inline directly on this screen To create a new association simply click the lt Add gt hyperlink which will display the Add New Association popup dialog box Add New Association Please choose the type of artifact that you want to add an association to O Incident Task Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to a Enter Artifact ID TK b Choose from list 2 Develop new book entry screen A create book object insert method O write book object insert queries a Develop edit book details screen ae Comment gt Add Cancel Once you have selected the appropriate artifact type you will then be able to choose the specific artifact you want to link to In all cases you can either choose the item from a scrolling selection box or you can enter the ID of the artifact directly if known In either case you can also add a comment that explains the rationale for the association and choose the type of association being creat
13. 9 Mar 2004 Creating a new book in the system 1 1 TOTAL 12 12 This page summarizes all of the information regarding the project into a comprehensive easily digestible form that provides a one stop shop for people interested in understanding the overall status of the project at a glance It contains summary level information for all types of artifact requirements test cases incidents etc that you can use to drill down into the appropriate section of the application n addition to viewing the project home page you can choose to filter by a specific release to get the homepage for just that release and any child iterations In a similar manner to the My Page the Project Home dashboard is initially loaded in view mode which means that the various widgets on the page are displayed with minimum visual clutter no toolbars or control icons that makes it easy to scan the items on the page and see the health of the status of the project at a glance To switch the page to edit mode you should click on Modify Layout Settings hyperlink Once in edit mode each of the widgets displayed on the project homepage can be minimized by clicking on the arrow icon in the top left of the window or closed by clicking on the cross icon x in the top right of the window In addition the widgets allow you change their settings by clicking on the settings icon 4 This allows you to customize your vie
14. Ability to create new book Test Run Ability to create new book Test Run Ability to create new book Completes task TK 2 and fixes bug IN 7 Fixes IN 7 IN 6 RQ 30 TR 1 RQ 4 and IN 8 and implements requirement M Displaying page Be of 1 gt gt You can perform the following actions on an association from this screen gt Delete removes the selected association to the other artifact This will only delete the association not the linked artifact itself gt Refresh updates the list of associations from the server useful if other people are adding associations to this incident at the same time gt Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of associations gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all associations for the current incident are shown Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the associations allows you to edit the association type and comment fields inline directly on this screen To create a new association simply click the lt Add gt hyperlink which will display the Add New Association popup dialog box Add New Association Please choose the type of artifact that you want to add an association to O Incident Requirement Task Test Step Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to a Enter ArtifactID Ts P Choosefom ist Vitestcase itestStp nnn
15. Automation This section defines the automated test script associated with this test case Automation Engine Rapise v Script Type Attached Linked Repository Filename R CreateNewBook sstest Document Type Functional Specification vii gt Edit Parameters Test Script Project File CreateNewBook sstest Script Path CreateNewBook js User Functions Path CreateNewBook user js Objects Path CreateNewBook objects js The automation screen includes the following fields that you should populate when using SpiraTeam to store an automated test script gt Automation Engine this should be the name of the test automation engine that the test script should be executed with This list is populated by a system administrator using the administration section of the application as described in the SpiraTeam Administration Guide Script Type This should be set to either attached or linked If you choose to attach the test script the large text box at the bottom will be enabled allowing you enter edit the test script directly in SpiraTeam If you choose linked the test script is stored externally and SpiraTeam just stores a reference to it The repository option is never selectable within SpiraTeam and will be automatically set by Rapise when it attaches a test script to the test case Filename If you are attaching the test script to the test case then this fie
16. Cancel This allows you to edit the parameters being passed from the current test step to the linked test case without having to recreate the test link from scratch To commit the change click lt Update gt to close the dialog box or click lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information 5 2 2 9 Moving Test Steps To move test steps in the list click on the icon the test step link you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The border of the destination location will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted 5 2 2 10 Parameters Test cases can have parameters associated with them This enables one test case to be called several times by another test case as a link and have different parameters passed in each case making the operation different E g you could have a generic login to application test case that others call as an initial step which could be provided with different login information depending on the calling test case To view change the parameters associated with the current test case click on the lt Parameters gt icon in the toolbar and the list of current parameters will be displayed Edit Test Case Parameters The following parameters have been defined for this test case login Copy To Clipboard Delete password Copy To Clipboard Delete p Loopy 10 Llipboard Add a new parameter to this test case Default Value
17. NewValue AY Changed By AY LE ee Clee 28 Dec 2012 Difficulty Difficult Easy Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 Reviewer Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 Start Date 10 24 2004 12 00 00 AM 10 25 2004 4 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 End Date 10 25 2004 12 00 00 AM 10 26 2004 4 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 Release 1 1 0 0 0002 1 1 0 0 0003 Fred Bloggs Modified 26 Dec 2012 Priority 1 Critical 2 High Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 Start Date 10 19 2004 12 00 00 AM 10 24 2004 12 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 End Date 10 20 2004 12 00 00 AM 10 25 2004 12 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 28 Dec 2012 Projected Effort 180 170 Fred Bloggs Modified Show 15 w rows per page 1 lt Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 8 2 6 Associations In this mode the main pane displays a list of any incidents source code revisions or other tasks that are associated with this task Overview Attachments History Associations gt Add Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Vj Include Source C
18. Note The system will allow you to assign more backlog items to an iteration than it is possible to complete however this will result in a negative value for available effort If this happens the Available Effort value will be displayed in red and you need to rebalance the items extend the iteration length or add project personnel resources to the iteration Clicking on the Iteration hyperlinks in the headers will switch the planning board into the Iteration Backlog view described in section 13 4 below 13 3 2 Release Backlog By Status This view is designed to let you see the release backlog organized by requirement status Each of the possible status values for a planned item is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view will only be requirements with associated tasks and test cases This view is commonly called a Kanban board Planning 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 _ Detailed View Incidents C Tasks Ll Test Cases Group By By Status Planned P In Progress cp Y Developed cP y Tested P Completed iP Y information subject editions authors 1 5 RQ 18 Ability to associate authors with subjects T RQ 17 RQ7 RQ 9 1 0 RQ 8 1 0 Ability to link authors to their contact Ability to associate books with different Ability to associate books with different Ability to associate books wi
19. Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the automation host To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the document s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 5 10 3 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the automation host artifact since its creation The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and th
20. Remove Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter 7 Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 1 out of 1 attachment s vV DocumentNameAY TypeAY Size AY EditedBy AY EditedOn AV Author d DAY Oy CE Y oc __ GB Expected Result Screenshot pn Screen Shot 314 KB Fred Bloggs 30 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000014 Show 15 W rows per page 4 lt Displaying page 1 a of 1 gt gt The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an existing attachment from a test step simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document to the test step you need to first click the lt Add Attachment gt link to display the new
21. TC4 Step 5 TC4 8 Step 6 TC4 _ Ability to reassign book to di Person loses book and need Vj Step 1 TC 16 C Gj Step 2 TC17 E Gy Step 3 C12 8 Step 4 TC12 8 Step 5 TC12 Adding new book and author v Test Step Information Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below User opens up browser and enters application URL http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Expected Result Sample Data The browser loads the login web page http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it differs then click the appropriate button Font Y sz BZ U SH ptl Lenno A This will change the icon in the left hand navigation bar into a green square with a check mark in it Once all the test steps have passed you will be automatically be taken to the first step in the next test if it is the last test case being executed the lt Finish gt button will be displayed instead If the actual results differ from those expected you need to enter a description of the result observed and click the lt Fail gt lt Blocked gt or lt Caution gt button this is illustrated in the screen shot below S Internal Projects Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Test Cases gt Test Case Execution Pause Finish Release
22. and Associations each of which will be described in more detail below 4 2 1 Overview Details In this tab the right pane displays the description fields and comments associated with the requirement The top part of this tab displays the various standard fields and custom properties associated with the requirement Overview Test Coverage Attachments Associations Details Status Author Fred Bloggs Type Release 1 0 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 Importance Component Book Management Owner i Estimate points 16 00 hours Creation Date Last Updated 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM URL Difficulty Moderate Classification Notes t e emOoma Review Date The Description section contains the long formatted description of the requirement You can enter rich text or paste in from a word processing program or web page _ Description cra See The ability to add new books into the system complete with ISBN publisher and other related information 4 2 2 Overview Comments The Comments section allows you to add and view discussions relating to the requirement gt Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first Fred Bloggs Wednesday November 19 2003 7 00 00 PM OK that s much better thanks for adding the additional information Joe P Smith Monday November 10 2003 7 00 00 PM You re right have added some more detail and link
23. detailed view is unchecked It displays the minimum necessary information in each story card but maximizes how many story cards can be displayed on the screen Each story card will contain the icon ID name user avatar and estimate in story points of the requirement RQ 15 Ability to edit existing authors in the system Detailed View This view includes additional information in each story card It adds the long description a progress bar indicator that indicates what percentage of the item has been completed and for requirement artifacts it includes the number of tasks red background and number of test cases yellow background in the two small boxes under the user bility to edit existing books in the system The ability to edit existing books into the system including ISBN publisher and other related information Incidents The planning board will always include requirement backlog items but because the number of incidents can be very large there is the option to include exclude them from the planning board When you have the Incidents checkbox selected incidents will appear in the planning board with their own story card format The main difference is that the effort is recorded in hours rather than story points H IN 46 Test System Limitation This is a test system limitation item that can be used for testing the system 0 6h Tasks When the Tasks option is selected the planning
24. 7 1 4 Indent Clicking on the lt Indent gt button indents all the releases whose check boxes have been selected Note you cannot indent a release or iteration if it is below an iteration as iterations are not allowed to have child items 7 1 5 Outdent Clicking on the lt Outdent gt button de indents all the releases whose check boxes have been selected 7 1 6 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the release list This is useful as other people may be modifying the list of releases at the same time as you and after stepping away from the computer for a short time you should click this button to make sure you are viewing the most current release list for the project 7 1 7 Edit Each release iteration in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column Internal Projects gt Library Information System y ka Heleases Testing Tracking 33 Tools Showinde columns Reporting 1 Par lt r 1 304 ibrary System Release 1 Library System Release 1 SP1 3 Library System Release 1 SP2 iteration 007 T Horation 092 amp Heration O03 T Library System Release 1 1 11 SP1 ibrary
25. Ability to completely erase all books stored in th Fred Bloggs This implements the deletion screen fixes Requirement RQ000010 6 May 2005 Create book object delete all method Fred Bloggs Task TKOO00019 7 3 2 Incidents This tab displays the list of incidents that have been fixed in the current build The grid can be sorted and filtered by using the appropriate controls Associations Revisions Incidents Test Runs gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 2 out of 2 incident s in the current build Filtering results by Build Clear Filters aC Se e e nC Cem go W System may require process changes Issue Duplicate Fred Bloggs 1 Dec 2003 IN 000037 F Edit O User expectations from old client a Training Open 4 Low Fred Bloggs 2 Dec 2003 IN 000038 Edit Show rows per page 4 Displaying page a a of 1 gt i 7 3 3 Revisions This tab displays a list of the source code revisions that were included in the current build The grid can be sorted and filtered by using the appropriate controls Associations Revisions Incidents gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter O amp revoo15 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Yes No Show rows per page a lt Displaying page a Fa of 1 gt 7 3 4 Test Runs This tab displays a list of all the tests that have been executed against the current build The grid can be sorted
26. Add New Document Add New Document Add New Document Type File URL Screenshot Type Fie URL 2 Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Filename Browse No fle selected URL Screenshotl_png Description Description Screenshot Document Type Document Type bs G Version 11 0 Tags Version Tags Des cnpion Document Type f Version Tags There are three different types of item that can be uploaded into the document repository gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and added to the current folder gt To add a web link URL to the current folder you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to add the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the ite
27. Filter gt Save Filter to add the current filter to the list of saved filters that appear on your My Page If you would like to share the filter with other members of the project choose the XXX option The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter T Internal Projects gt Library informetion System seats QI Plonning Testing Reporting Bloggs tequowmeants dhinserty 3 Delete indent lt Quutent snowiew Y BRefresh jEdit f pols Srowncecoumns Displaying 19 out of 35 requirement s for this project Estim al Dine y I aii m am Y fi Ra mn E j Save Filter oa a JF yncthornal System Requirorrents In Progress Package RO 000001 Please choose a name for this filer In Progress Package RO 000002 1 Developed Package g RQ 000003 Developed 10000001 Feature ROQ000004 Moderate 3 Uniline Lihrary Management System d Book Managemant Abaty lo art new Abaty to ed mosting books in the system Share with other members of the project Developed 100 0 900 Feature RO do000s Developed 10 00 0002 Feature RO 000006 Tested 11 00 0900 Feature RO 000007 Devoloped 1100000 Feature RQ 000008 Ability lo asso books with Developed iioo Feature R000099 T Abaity 10 completely erase all books siored in th Developed 120 Feature b RQ 090010 J Edition Management of Covered In Progress Peckege i RO 000011 J Author Management In Progress Peckege 1 ROQ 000
28. Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs Completes task TK 2 and fixes bug IN 7 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs Fixes IN 7 and IN 8 and implements requirement 10 Sep 2014 Oojo ojo ojo o ojol ojojojolol_ Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Show rows per page 4 lt 4 Displaying page a Fa of 2 gt p Each revision in the list is displayed with its name a description of what changed in the revision the name of the person who committed the revision and whether the revision was a change of the actual content or just a change of the properties of the content Clicking on the hyperlink for the revision name will take you to the Revision Details page for that revision see section 12 4 below Above the main right hand pane there is the branch selector This lets you choose which branch in the source code repository is being viewed 12 4 Source Code Revision Details When you click on a revision hyperlink in either the project revision log or the file rev
29. QA Start Page My Page You can change your user information including your first name last name middle initial avatar icon department and your choice of start page Clicking the lt Update gt button will commit the changes whereas clicking lt Cancel gt returns you back to either Project Home or My Page depending on whether you have a project currently selected or not If you want to be able to subscribe to RSS feeds of the information assigned to you in the My Page make sure that the Enable RSS Feeds checkbox is selected and an RSS token has been generated in the textbox underneath You can change your start page to be any of the following e My Page When you first log in you will be taken to your My Page dashboard e Last Opened Project When you first login in you will be taken to the home page for the project you last had open e Last Opened Project Group When you first login in you will be taken to the home page for the project group you last had open 3 6 1 Change Password In addition to being able to update your user information you can optionally change your password at the same time To change your password on the Change Password tab fill in the three boxes with your current password and your new password repeated for verification Then when the lt Update gt button is clicked the system will update your password otherwise you will simply get a warning message
30. Requested F Under Review IP Rejected r Y Accepted P RQ 23 RQ 27 k RQ 25 RQ 26 Ability to completely backup the Ability to modify existing users in the Ability to import from legacy system x Ability to create new users in the system database system Each of the vertical sections is one of the requirements statuses in order of the requirement lifecycle Requested gt Accepted Once a requirement is assigned to a release or iteration it will come automatically Planned and not appear in this view You can drag and drop the requirements between the different statuses 13 2 Release Planning The release planning view is designed to let you view the backlog items that have been created for the project and associate them with different releases defined for the project The backlog items can be requirements or incidents and in the case of requirements you can see the tasks and test cases associated with a specific requirement Planning l All Releases v l _ Detailed View Yl Incidents L Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Release 1000 Library System Release 1 a OY 1 0 1 0 Library System Release 1 SP1 ap H1020 Library System Release 1 SP2 ap B14 00 Library System Release 1 1 oP Y Available Utilized Remaining Available Utilized i Available Utilized ini Available Utilized Remaining 120 8h 176 0h 00h 168 0h 85 7h f Ras i i
31. Subscribe gt Duplicate Incident gt Resolve Incident Incident Name Cannot add a new book to the system IN 000007 gt Unable to Reproduce Name Cannot add a new book to the system lt lt Back to Incident List Overview Attachments History Associations Display Current Filter y e ees v Details Z cannot log into the application IN 1 Status gt Assigned Detected By Joe P Smith Not able to add new author IN 2 11 3 2003 7 00 00 PM E Clicking on link throws fatal error IN Type Bug Detected Release 100 0 Library System Release 1 Database not backing up correctly II E Cannot add a new book to the syster z Ability to integrate with other system Severity 3 Medium Verified Release 1 0 2 0 Library System Release 1 SP2 Priority 1 Critical Resolved Release 10 1 0 Library System Release 1 5P1 Ability to remember passwords IN 2 Owner System Administrator o Fixed Build None 7 E Cannot install system on Windows M k Component Book Management y Last Updated 9 24 2014 5 10 17 PM System may require process change R Test Training Item IN 44 Notes Font v see B z u SSIS EE tal ennoA Cannot install system on Oracle 9i II May be an array bounds issue cannot add a new book to the sys Validation on the edit book page IN Sessio
32. amp Root E Development Ta Back End Dev a Front End Dev v A g 4 Testing Tracking Reporting CCCs o e y i System Administrator 2 Develop new book entry screen 2 Create book object insert method 2 write book object insert queries 2 Develop edit book details screen A Create book object update method a Write book object update queries 2 Refactor book screen to include delete button Create book object delete method A Write book object delete query OOD OOOO Oooo 7 4 Develop book subject association screen Infrastructure Ta G Oversight Ea aa Releases a B Library System Re B Library System Iteration 001 a Create book subject mapping insert method a Create book subject mapping delete method 2 Create book subject mapping queries a Refactor book details screen to include author dro Tooo 2 Modify book insert update quenes to include autho Show 15 V rows per page Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Development Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed l N Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe
33. cases via the Tools gt Execute menu option will default the test run to the selected release 5 1 15 Printing Items To quickly print a single test case test folder or list of test cases you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 5 1 16 Right Click Context Menu Spiraleam provides a shortcut called the context menu for accessing some of the most commonly used functions so that you don t need to move your mouse up to the toolbar each time To access the context menu right click on any of the rows in the test case list and the following menu will be displayed z Ability to create new book E Ability to edit existing book z Ability to create new author z Ability to edit existing author G Regression Tests 2 i amp Scenario Tests 2 Open Item K Open in New Tab T New Test Case a New Folder E Edit Items 3 Delete gt Indent Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Outdent Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith amp Exception Scenario Tests Ch Copy Items Ch Cut Items Ch Paste Items You can now choose any of these options as an alternat
34. gt Library Information System Search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Documents qh Add Document 3 Delete R Refresh Export Y Filter Hems in Curent Folder Document Folders Refresh 2 amp Root Folder amp E CreateNewAuthor Displaying 1 5 out of 5 document s in the current folder gt CreateNewBook Document Name Type a size AY dited By 4 Edited On AY Author iD a amp Design Documents os S BLE 7 ee oS Hal an Y go EditExistingAuthor Sequence Diagram for Book Mat pdf UML Diagram Joe P Smith 39 May 2006 Fred Bloggs 0c000007 i armen 6 Graphical Design Mockups psd Screen Layout Joe P Smith 30 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000013 r m Er EAs GB Usa Case Diagram vsd UML Diagram Fred Bloggs 22 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs 0C000012 a Specifications 3 Author Management Screen Wireframe vsd Screen Layout Fred Bloggs 1 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith 0C000008 he Book Management Screen Wiretrame ai Screen Layout Fred Bloggs 31 Mar 2006 Joe P Smith 0c000011 G Test Results G Test Scripts z x Show 15 V rows per page lt Displaying page 1 Soft Tag Cloud n DOOK management eror functional specification libraries samsanga wey Stack trace testing user interface wireframe This screen consists of three main sections gt The top left hand pane displays a hierarchical list of the various folders that have been setup for the current project Click
35. gt Specific Release This shows the increase in number of story points for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the increase in number of story points for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 4 Requirements Velocity Graph The Requirements Velocity graph shows the total number of story points that have been completed or planned to be completed in a particular release iteration or time period called the velocity The actual velocity is displayed along with the overall average velocity in blue and the rolling average velocity in green Fe Requirement Graphs tt x Graph Name Requirement Velocit Y Filter Al Releases v Requirement Velocity W Rolling Average Average Velocity MB Actual Velocity 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 11 0 0 14 4 0 1 2 0 0 gt Display Data and Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the total number of story points and the x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granular
36. indicating what needs to be corrected Passwords amp Security Email Preferences LDAP Settings Regional Settings To change your password you must enter your current password and the password you would like to change it to Current Password New Password Confirm Password Passwords are required to be a minimum of 6 characters in length rd ge g WUeSUO To change your password security question answer you need to enter your current password together with the new question and answer Current Password Question What is 1 1 Answer You can also change the current password retrieval question and answer by entering in your current password for security reasons as well as the new password question and answer Note If your SpiraTest user profile is linked to an account stored in an external LDAP server you may find the change password option is disabled This is because the system uses the password held in the external server To change the password in this case please contact your system administrator who will be able to help you change the password in your LDAP environment 3 6 2 Email Preferences Passwords amp Secunty Email Preferences LDAP Settings Regional Settings Email Address fredbloggs spiratest com Enable Email Notifications No Y If disabled you will not get any notifications from the system Here you can configure the email addre
37. to change five requirements from In Progress status to Completed you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 4 1 7 Show Level Choosing an indent level from the Show Level drop down box allows you to quickly and easily view the entire requirements list at a specific indent level For example you may want to see all requirements drilled down to the third level of detail To do this you would simply choose Level 3 from the list and the requirements will be expanded collapsed accordingly 4 1 8 Filtering You can easily filter the list of requirements as illustrated in the screen shot below y Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs Requirements qpinserty 3 Delete indent lt Outdent _ Showlevwi V Refresh Edit v Tools y Showndecoumms Y Yy Filter v Displaying
38. you simply choose an item from the appropriate drop down list or enter a free text phrase then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates incident numbers To change the column that is sorted or to change the direction of the current sort simply click on the up down arrow icon in the appropriate column The currently sorted column is indicated by the larger white arrow with the back border Clicking on Filter gt Clear Filter removes any set filters and expands the host list to display all automation hosts in the current project and clicking on Filter gt Save Filter allows you to save the filter to your My Page for use in the future The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter 5 9 2 New Host Clicking on the lt New Host gt button adds a new automation host to the list with a default name and token 5 9 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes the automation hosts whose check boxes have been selected in the host list 5 9 4 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the list of automation hosts this is useful when new hosts are being added by other users and you want to make sure you
39. 1 SP g Iteration 00 RQ 900011 RQ 00001 RQ 000019 RQ 000077 RO 000029 RQ 000030 mg f any 7 RQ 000034 Re 000032 RRGRRARRRRRRR ARERR RS The requirements list consists of a hierarchical arrangement of the various requirements and functionalities that need to be provided by the system in question The structure is very similar to the Work Breakdown Structure WBS developed in Microsoft Project and users of that software package will find this very familiar to use When you create a new project this list will initially be empty and you will have to start using the lt Insert gt button to start adding requirements Requirements come in two main flavors summary items shown in bold type and detail items shown in normal type with a hyperlink When you indent a requirement under an existing requirement the parent is changed from a detail item to a Ssummary item and when you outdent a child item its parent will return to a detail item assuming it has no other children This behavior is important to understand as only detail items are assigned a status themselves the summary items simply display an aggregate of the worst case assessment of their children s status Both summary and detail items can be mapped against test cases for test coverage in addition the summary items display an aggregate coverage status Each requirement is displayed along with its importance priority ranked from Critical to Low it
40. 13 release s for this project Ti SHA N RE Oe 29 Feb 2004 11 Mar 2004 216 0h RLO00001 F Edit 12 Mar 2004 29 Mar 2004 176 0h RL000002 gt Edit 31 Mar 2004 29 Apr 2004 352 0h RL000003 gt Edit 29 Feb 2004 3 Mar 2004 96 0h RLOQGO0S gt Edit 4 Mar 2004 7 Mar 2004 24 0h RL000009 gt Edit B Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 72 0h RL000010 14 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 168 0h RL000004 31 Oct 2004 29 Nov 2004 336 0h RLOO0005 EdE 30 Nov 2004 30 Dec 2004 320 0h RL000007 Edit 14 Oct 2004 17 Oct 2004 24 0h RL000017 G Edit 18 Oct 2004 22 Oct 2004 72 0h RL000013 EdE iteration 003 1 1 0 0 0003 23 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 72 0h RL000019 P Edit Library System Release 2005 1 2 0 0 31 Mar 2005 4 Apr 2005 16 0h RLO00006 EdE Show 15 Y rows per page 4 Displaying page 1 Sof 1 gt 5 Library System Release 1 1 0 0 0 library System Release LSPI 1 0 1 0 Library System Release 1 SP2 1 0 2 0 Bheration 001 1 0 0 0 0001 heration 002 1 0 0 0 0002 E iteration 003 1 0 0 0 0003 2 Liti DL prar System Release 1 sp4 0 0 2 Library System Release 1 1 SP1 1 1 1 0 z z a a a Ss xe a A iif Library System Release 1 4 SP2 1 1 2 0 E iteration 003 1 1 0 0 0001 E iteration 002 1 1 0 0 0002 Once you have the release iteration positioned at the correct place that you want it inserted just release the mouse button and the release list will be refreshed with
41. 4 Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Test Cases Displaying 9 out of 11 test case s for this release a crunon Stat Any vi Testing E aw Tracking Reporting A a6 Functional Tests 5 Ability to edit existing author a Ability to create new author 2 abi ity to edit mosting author El Apitity to reassign book to different author a Regression Tests 2 E JI H Scenario Tests 2 amp Exception Scenario Tests 1 Person loses book and needs to report loss 4 Adding new book and author to library 3 amp Common Tests 2 Z Open Up Web Browser ZJ Login to Application Show 35 w rows per page Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith E 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 dhinserty 3 Delete indent lt amp Outdent Showtevei Y Refresh Edit Tools y Shovstide columns v Y Eilter v a Fred Bloggs Display data for As Releases CE Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs v i TC000001 Tc000002 Tc000003 TC000004 TC000005 TC000006 TC000007 TC000010 TC 000011 TC000012 TC000013 TC000015 TC0000
42. 5 2 2 5 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the list of test steps This is useful if other people are making changes to the test list and you want to make sure that you have the most current version 5 2 2 6 Show Hide Columns By default the test step list screen will display the Description Expected Result and Sample Data fields However the Expected Result and Sample Data fields are optional and can be hidden if necessary to make more space If you have configured custom properties for test steps you can use the Show Hide features to display one or more of your custom properties instead These fields will then be editable in this grid view 5 2 2 7 Editing Test Steps To modify an existing Test Step you simply need to click on the lt Edit gt button to the right of the step or just double click on the cells in the row That will switch the selected row into Edit mode The various columns are turned into editable text boxes and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column Req Coverage Custom Props Test Runs Attachments History Show hide columns Vv 0 Step Test Step Description Expected Result Sample Data Status Step Id Edit step 1 Call Login to Application TC17 TS000001 ani O Wstep2 Br uRlemoOm BIruUklenow Bl URl emom User clicks link to create Diets cliente Sarcdl aeailh book in wizard TS000003 Edit TS000004 Edit T
43. 5 7 5 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the list of test sets This is useful if other people are making changes to the test set list and you want to make sure that you have the most current version 5 7 6 Edit Each test set in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just double click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column st internal Projects gt Library information System Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting Bloggs Test Sets dh Insert y 3 Delete 2 indent lt Outdent SnowLever Y Refresh GhEdity Tools y Showndecoumns Y Yy Filter v Displaying 8 out of 8 test sets for this project Execution Status Planned Date utec Owne Stal Ww ay v gg a v Anj 7 TX 36 Functional Test Sets 4 Feb 2007 In Progress TXOO0008 Ed 45 Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 TE 24207 EE 1 Dec 2003 JoePSmin Vja inFrogess Yia a Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 2200 D 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smath 3 Not Started y z Testing New Functionality 4 9 Feb 2007 27 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs In Progress TxX000005 45 Exploratory Testing 2 Fred Bloggs Deferred Txo00006 Edit amp Regression Test Sets Completed TX000009 Ed Regression Testing for Wind
44. Creation Date 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM Priority 1 Critical v Execution Status Passed Active Yes v Last Executed 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM URL http www libraryreferences org Test Type Functional Test Y Review Owner l Please Select v v Description Font v Size v B Z u Tl egoo A Tests that the user can create a new book in the system The Description section contains the long formatted description of the test case You can enter rich text or paste in from a word processing program or web page 5 2 2 Overview Test Steps This view displays the name of the test case together with all the defined test steps that a tester would need to perform to verify that the functionality works as expected The list of test steps displays the position number the description the expected result some suggested sample data and the most recent execution status of the individual test step _ Test Steps gt Insert Step Insert Link Delete Copy Refresh Edit Parameters F ae Execution J Step Test Step Description Expected Result Sample Data tae ID gt Edit step 1 Call Login to Application TC17 3 TS000001 GAD TS000002 gt Edit N A 9 H Step 3 User enters books name and author then User taken to next screen in wizard Macbeth William TS000003 gt Edit clicks Next Shakespeare qv Step 2 User clicks link to create book User taken to
45. Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 3 Requirements Burnup Graph The Requirements Burnup graph shows the cumulative number of story points outstanding for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated and ideal burnup In addition the graph includes bars for the number of completed story points in each time period on the x axis Requirement Graphs te x Graph Name Requirement Bumug Y Filter Al Releases T Requirement Burnup 19 Actual Burnup Ideal Burnup E Completed Points o e Start 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 11 0 0 1AAO 1 2 0 0 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the cumulative increase in number of story points for the project the actual burnup with a blue line indicating the ideal burnup In addition there are bars displayed at each interval of the x axis that shows the number of completed story points for that interval The x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granularity gt All Releases This shows the increase in number of story points for each of the releases in the project
46. Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 8 Task Burnup Chart The Task Burnup graph shows the cumulative amount of work outstanding for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated and ideal burnup In addition the graph includes bars for the remaining and completed effort in each time period on the x axis Task Graphs Graph Name Task Bumup T Filter Task Burnup 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 103 Estimated Effort Idsal Effort fa Remaining Effort Completed Effort Start f 0 0 0 0004 1 0 0 0 0002 1 0 0 0 0003 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the cumulative increase in work in hours for the project the actual burnup with a blue line indicating the ideal burnup In addition there are bars displayed at each interval of the x axis that shows the remaining effort and completed effort for that interval The x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granularity gt All Releases This shows the increase in work for each of the releases in the project gt Specific Release This shows the increase in work for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the incre
47. IN 1 IN 3 RQ7 352 0h f Ability to edit adsting books in the Cannot log into the application Clicking on link throws fatal error Ability to associate books with different syste subjects 4 W IN 2 Z IN 4 RQ 8 Not able to add new author Database not backing up correctly Ability to associate books with different suthors IN 7 Cannot add a new book to the system 0 3h ab ty to delete esting books in the bility to associate books with differen H aystem an ditions RQ 12 RQ 17 Ability to create different editions Ability to link authors to their contact information T RQ 15 RQ 18 Ability to edit existing authors in the Ability to associate authors with subjects system RQ 16 2 IN 5 Ability to delete existing authors in the Cannot install system on Oracle 9i system Z IN 6 The book listing screen doesn t sort I tem gt The Unassigned Items section at the top allows you to see all the items not currently planned and you can then drag and drop them into one of the lower sections that correspond to a specific release Using the scroll arrows you can cycle through the releases and move any items from one release to another The header of each release section shows the overall progress and utilization of the release 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 9P Available j 2160h Clicking on the Release hyp
48. Line 215 Response Write lt option selected value amp MonthCheck MonthCount amp gt amp MonthCount amp lt option gt amp vbCrLf Line 216 Else Line 217 Response Write lt option value amp MonthCheck MonthCount amp gt amp MonthCount amp lt option gt amp vbCrLf Line 218 End If Line 219 Details on how to use SpiraTeam in conjunction with an automated testing tool are provided in the Spiraleam Automated Testing Integration Guide which can be downloaded from the Inflectra website 5 6 5 Attachments In this mode the lower section of the screen displays the list of documents that have been attached to the test run The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Overview Attachments Incidents gt Add New Add Existing Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 1 out of 1 attachment s p a vI m Ay v m aw vj oc Screen Shot 48 KB Fred Bloggs Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000003 5 Error Logging in Screen shot gif Show 15 rows per page Displaying page a Z of 1 The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it t
49. O Incident 9 Dec 2003 amp y 7 a a Ability iaa dit existing book es a TENG R Test System Limitation Library Information Limitation 3 Dec 2003 R Sample Risk 1 Library Information Risk 9 Dec 2003 Y My Assigned Test Sets x R Test Training Item Library Information Training 2 Dec 2003 Name Project Due Date Status R Test Change Request Library Information Change Request 5 Dec 2003 Regression Testing for Windows 8 4 Library Information n a Completed gt Execute Y My Assigned Tasks x amp Exploratory Testing 2 Library Information n a Deferred Name Project Progress Priority Due Date gt Execute Testing New Functionality 4 Library Information 9 Feb 2007 In Progress gt Execute W Create edition object insert m Library Information 11 Mar 2004 T Develop new edition entry scre Library Information 11 Mar 2004 W Write edition object insert qu Library Information 11 Mar 2004 v My Pending Test Runs x W Refactor author screen to incl Library Information 9 Mar 2004 Name Project Last Updated Progress W Create author object delete me Library Information 9 Mar 2004 W Write author object delete que Library Information 9 Mar 2004 W Develop edit subject details s Library Information 26 Oct 2004 W Create subject object update m Library Information 26 Oct 2004 W Write subject object update qu Library Informati
50. P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 10 000001 10 00 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 00002 1 0 0 00002 1 0 0 00002 11000001 1 1 0 0 0001 1 1 0 0 0001 1 1 0 00001 1 1 0 0 0001 1 1 0 0 0001 d ET p pp TK 000001 TK 000002 TK 000003 Edt TK 000004 F Edit TK 000005 F Edit TK 000006 Edi TK 000007 TK 000010 Edit TK 000011 Edit TK 000012 F Edit TK 000013 Edit TK 000014 Edi TK 000015 F EdE i lt Displaying page 1 a of 3 gt P The task list screen displays all the tasks entered for the current project in a filterable sortable grid The grid displays the task number together with fields such as priority name assigned owner start date end date scheduled release etc The choice of columns displayed is configurable per user per project giving extensive flexibility when it comes to viewing and searching tasks In addition you can view a more detailed description of the task by positioning the mouse pointer over the task name hyperlink and waiting for the popup tooltip to appear If you click on the task name hyperlink you will be taken to the task details page described in section 8 2 Clicking on any of the pagination links at the bottom of the page will advance you to the next set of tasks in the list according to the appli
51. Project Coverage Failed Not Run Blocked Caution Library Information System ie fi Project Tests Runs Execution Status b _ _ Library Information System 11 19 e 6 amp Sample Application One Sample Application One 1 1 Task Progress 23 Incident Aging 35 0 On Schedule Late Finish Late Start Not Started 9 Project Tasks Est Proj Task Progress 0 15 16 30 46 60 61 75 76 90 Library Information System 39 190 0 19144 rane mine rea tom Opan Gy Priory brary Information Systen j Sample Application One 0 s gt No Tasks Library Information System 34 a Sample Appacation One 1 Sy This page summarizes all of the information regarding the project group into a comprehensive easily digestible form that provides a one stop shop for people interested in understanding the overall status of the group as a whole as well as the relative performance of the different projects that make up the group It contains summary level metrics for all types of artifact requirements test cases tasks incidents etc that you can use to drill down into the appropriate project for more details In a similar manner to the My Page the Project Group Home dashboard is initially loaded in view mode which means that the various widgets on the page are displayed with minimum visual clutter no toolbars or control icons that makes it easy to scan the items on the page and see the health of the status of the project at
52. RL4 RL17 RL18 RL19 TC3 Ability to edit existing book 1 Critical RL2 RL3 RL4 RL17 RL18 RL19 RLG TC4 Ability to create new author 1 Critical RL2 RL3 RL4 RL5 RL18 RL19 RLG TX2 TX5 TCS Ability to edit existing author 2 High _RL2 RL3 RL4 RLS RL19 RLG TX2 TC6 Ability to reassign book to different author 2 High RL2 RL3 RL4 RL5 RLG TX2 TX5 TC7 Regression Tests TC8 Book management 2 High RL2 RL3 RL4 RLS TX2 TX3 TX4 Tcs Author management 2 High RL2 RL3 RL4 RL5 RLG TX2 TX3 TX4 TC10 Scenario Tests TC11 Exception Scenario Tests 3 Medium TC12 Person loses book and needs to report loss 3 Medium RLS RLG TX5 TX6 TC13 Adding new book and author to library 3 Medium RLS RLG TX2 TX5 TX6 TC15 Common Tests TC16 Open Up Web Browser TC17 Login to Applicaton TC18 New Test Case Ability to add new books to the system TC19 New Test Case Ability to edit existing books in the system TC20 New Test Case Ability to delete existing books in the system 11 4 Incident Reports 11 4 1 Incident Summary Report This report displays all of the incidents tracked for the current project The incident s details are displayed ina summary list form Incident Summary Report This report displays all of the incidents tracked for the current project The incidents details are displayed in a summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows user
53. Releases This shows the total remaining work that needs to be done for each of the releases in the project gt Specific Release This shows the total remaining work that needs to be done for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the total remaining work that needs to be done for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 9 Date Range Graphs 11 9 1 Test Run Progress Rate Graph The test run progress rate graph shows how many tests have been executed during a period of time and what execution status was recorded The report can be displayed for a specific date range and for the entire project or for a specific release iteration Test Run Progress Rate In this version of the report the y axis represents the number of test runs executed in each 24 hour period and the x axis represents a specific week in the time span Each data bar can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the point and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value You can filter the report
54. Requirements Burndown graph shows the remaining number of story points that needs to be completed for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated and ideal burndown In addition the graph includes bars for the completed number of story points in each time period on the x axis Requirement Graphs t x Graph Name Requirement Bumde Y Filter Ai Releases Requirement Burndown Remaining Point Ideal Burmodown E Completed Points 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 44 0 0 4 4 1 0 1 2 0 0 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the total remaining number of story points that needs to be done the actual burndown with a blue line indicating the ideal burndown In addition there are bars displayed at each interval of the x axis that shows the completed number of story points for that interval The x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granularity gt All Releases This shows the total remaining number of story points that needs to be done for each of the releases in the project gt Specific Release This shows the total remaining number of story points that needs to be done for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the total remaining number of story points that needs to be done for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the
55. SpiraTeam and Inflectra are registered trademarks of Inflectra Corporation in the United States of America and other countries Microsoft Windows Explorer and Microsoft Project are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation iOS iPod iPad and iPhone are registered trademarks of Apple Corporation Android is a registered trademark of Google Corporation and Kindle Fire is a registered trademark of Amazon LLC All other trademarks and product names are property of their respective holders Please send comments and questions to Technical Publications Inflectra Corporation 8121 Georgia Ave Suite 504 Silver Spring MD 20910 U S A support inflectra com
56. Sysiem Release 1 1 5P2 iteration 001 E iteration oo Heration 003 al Library System Release 2005 Show 1s rows per page E 1020 _ 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0002 1 0 0 0 0003 1 1 0 0 1110 1120 1 1 0 0 0001 1 1 0 0 0002 1 1 0 0 0003 1200 Sogd C No Tasks No Tasks k OO E z a ili 5 gt 29 Feb 2004 220 mmu E 29 Feb 2004 4 Mar 2004 68 Mar 2004 14 Oct 2004 31 Oct 2004 30 Nov 2004 14 Oct 2004 18 Oct 2004 23 Oct 2004 31 Mar 2005 11 Mar 2004 szaqe0s Ti 42972004 0 ER 3 Mar 2004 7 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 26 Oct 2004 29 Nov 2004 30 Dec 2004 17 Oct 2004 22 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 1 Apr 2005 Y Y Eilter Lz Fred Bloggs 216 0h 176 0h 352 0h 96 0h 24 0h 72 0h 168 0h 336 0h 320 0h 24 0h 72 0h 72 0h 16 0h RLooooes gt Edit RLoooOGS RL000010 gt Edit RL000004 gt Edit RLoooces gt Edit RL000007 SESE RL000017 gt Edit RL000018 fe Edit RL000019 gt Edit RLOO0006 gt Edit 44 Displaying page Sof i gt If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change five releases from active to inactive you can click on the fill icon to the ri
57. System Release 1 SP2 4 Non Iteration Releases 29 Apr 2004 t No 26 Oct 2004 J No Di Library System Release 1 1 SP1 gt Save Cance 29 Nov 2004 No RL000005 FESE D Library System Release 1 1 SP2 No Test No Tasks 30 Nov 2004 30 Dec 2004 No RL000007 Library System Release 2005 31 Mar 2005 1 Apr 2005 No RLO00006 E Eae Showf15 rows per page lt lt Displaying page i Gofie 7 1 2 Insert Hovering over the lt Insert gt button brings up a secondary menu that allows you to choose whether to insert a release or iteration if you just click Insert it defaults to inserting a release In either case it will insert the new release iteration above the currently selected item i e the one whose check box has been selected at the same level in the hierarchy If you want to insert a release iteration below a summary item you need to insert it first then indent it with the lt Indent gt button If you insert a release without first selecting an existing release from the list the new release will simply be inserted at the end of the list Once the new release has been inserted the item is switched to Edit mode so that you can change the default name active flag version number and creator 7 1 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes all the releases whose check boxes have been selected If any of the releases have child releases iteration then the child releases and iterations are also deleted
58. The list of existing parameters is displayed in a grid followed by the option to add a new parameter and default value used when the test case is run directly rather than being called by another test case You can delete an existing parameter and also copy the parameter token to your computer s clipboard The latter option is useful so that you can insert the parameter token in the format oarameter name in the test step description expected result or sample data fields and have it converted into the parameter value during test execution 5 2 3 Overview Automation The Automation section displays any automated test scripts associated with the current test case There are three types of automated test Attached this is when Spiraleam physically stores the test script as an attachment in the system This is only available for test automation tools that store their test scripts as plain text files Examples of such tools are Selenium RC and Squish Linked this is when SpiraTeam stores the location of the test script stored on the automation host itself or on an external network drive Repository This is a special option only available when using Rapise the test automation system from Inflectra This allows you to store an entire folder of automated test script files in Spiraleam and have them linked to the test case The screenshot below illustrates a sample Rapise automated test script attached to a test case _
59. To filter the list by any of the visible fields you simply choose an item from the appropriate drop down list and for the other fields you enter a free text phrase then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name To change the column that is sorted or to change the direction of the current sort simply click on the up down arrow icon in the appropriate column The currently sorted column is indicated by the larger white arrow with the back border In the screen shot above we have filtered on test runs that have failed sorted in order of increasing release version number Clicking on Filter gt Clear Filter removes any set filters and expands the test run list to display all test runs for the current project and clicking on Filter gt Save Filter allows you to save the filter to your My Page for use in the future The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter 5 5 2 Printing Items To quickly print a single test run or list of test runs you can select the items checkboxes and then click the Print icon This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 5 6 Test Run Details When you click on any of the individual test runs in the test run list you are t
60. URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the test set To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box Add Existing Document Add Existing Document Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Documents Sourc
61. VV VV V Quick Launch v My Contacts However these are not the only widgets available If you click on the Add Remove items hyperlink it will display the list of any additional widgets that are available Add Remove Items Close Choose which items you d like to add Closed Widgets 0 Available Widgets 3 Available Widgets E My Saved Reports My Subscribed Artifacts L My News Feeds Add to Lef Side v Add Close You can add the additional widgets by selecting the appropriate checkbox choosing the destination location left side vs right side and then click the Add button The additional widgets available in the My Page are gt My Saved Reports gt My Subscribed Artifacts gt My News Feeds 3 2 1 My Projects This section lists all the projects you have been given access to together with the name description project group and date of creation To view the description of the project simply position the mouse pointer over the link and a tooltip window will popup containing the description When you initially view the page all of the projects will be shown as links in normal type with a gray background When you click on a project to view you will be taken to that project s home page and that project will be set as the current project That project will now appear in your home page in bold type with a white background see above screen shot To change the currently selected project simply
62. a glance To switch the page to edit mode you should click on Modify Layout Settings hyperlink Once in edit mode each of the widgets displayed on the project group homepage can be minimized by clicking on the arrow icon in the top left of the window or closed by clicking on the cross icon x in the top right of the window In addition the widgets allow you change their settings by clicking on the settings icon 4 This allows you to customize your view of the project group to reflect the types of information that are relevant to you If you have closed a widget that you subsequently decide you want to reopen you can rectify by clicking the Add Items hyperlink at the top of the page and locating the closed item from the list of Closed Widgets When you load the Project Group Home for the first time it will consists of the following main elements gt Group Overview Requirements Coverage Task Progress Project List VV v V Test Execution Status gt Incident Aging However these are not the only widgets available If you click on the Add Remove items hyperlink it will display the list of any additional widgets that are available Add Remove ltems Close Choose which ttems you d like to add Closed Widgets 0 Available Widgets 2 Available Widgets L Top Open Issues E Top Open Risks Add to Left Side You can add the additional widgets by selecting the appropriate
63. a printable version of the selected items 8 2 Task Details When you click on a task item in the lists displayed on either the main task list page or on the requirement release details pages you are taken to the task details page illustrated below Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searc Planning Testing Tracking Reporting pi System Administrator T Tasks gt Task Details Workflow Operations E Save MHCopy amp Refresh 3 Delete g Print Email Subscribe gt Reopen Task SE Task Refactor book details screen to include edition drop down TK 000016 lt lt Back to Task List Name Refactor book details screen to include edition drop down Display Current Filter Y i ae amp Root Overview l Attachments History Associations X f A Z Make sure that testing environm v Details amp Development Tasks Status gt Completed Priority 1 Critical E amp Back End Development O Create book object insert n Owrite book object insert qu Requirement Ability to associate books with different editions Change Component Book Management Type Development Create book object update D Creator Fred Bloggs Z write book object update q 10 18 2004 10 22 2004 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM A create book object delete 1 Last Updated 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM Owrite book object delete qt Difficulty PleaseSelect si Rev
64. add new books to the system 1 Critical Joe P Smith 16 0h 15 5h E Ability to edit existing books in the system 1 Critical D O JoeP Smith 16 0h 16 8h 0 0h re Ability to delete existing books in the system 1 Critical D Fred Bloggs 16 0h 15 2h 16 0h E Ability to create different editions 1 Critical Fred Bloggs 16 0h 10 3h 7 5h a Ability to edit existing authors in the system 2 High Fred Bloggs 16 0h 0 0h 16 0h 2 Ability to delete existing authors in the system 2 High E Fred Bloggs 14 0h 3 2h 10 8h Show 15 w rows per page id 1 Displaying page a Fa of 1 gt Each of the requirements and associated tasks is displayed together with its name description by hovering the mouse over the name priority progress indicator current owner estimated effort actual effort projected effort and numeric task identifier Clicking on the task name will bring up the Task Details page which is described in more detail in section 8 2 This allows you to edit the details of an existing task You can perform the following actions on a task from this screen gt New Task inserts a new task in the task list under the specified requirement with a default set of values The task will be associated with the specified requirement and current release iteration gt Delete Task deletes the task from the project gt Refresh updates the list of requirements and tasks from the server useful if other peopl
65. an item from the appropriate drop down list or enter a free text phrase depending on the type of field then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates release numbers In the screen shot above we are filtering on Iteration No Clicking on lt Clear Filters gt clears all the set filters and displays all the releases for the project In addition if you have a set of filters that you plan on using on a regular basis you can choose the option Filter gt Save Filter to add the current filter to the list of saved filters that appear on your My Page The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter sE Internal Projects gt Library Information System search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting B Bloggs Releases dhinserty 3 Delete indent lt Outdent ShowLevei Y Refresh Gy Edity Tools y Displaying 7 out of 19 release s for this project Filtering results by Iteration Clear Filters E fag z No Y RE j E Save Filter s J Library System Release 1 i 11 Mar 2004 No 3 2 Library System Release 1 SP1 I Please choose a name for this fitter 29 Mar 2004 No 3 Library
66. and enters application URL The browser loads the login ClPassed C Failed http www libraryinformationsystem_com beta web page ntp Kbraryinformationsystem com beta Blocked Cl Caution User taken to main menu Logivetitesrian Passwontepasewoidt CiPassed C Failed screen L Blecked Cl Caution User taken to first screen in Passed C Failed vazard Blocked C Caution User taken to next screen in C Passed C Failed Macbeth Wiliam Shakespeare wizard e7 ClBlocked C Caution User sees screen displaying ClPassed C Failed all entered information Play Tragedy _ Blocked C Caution Confirmation screen is C Passed LC Failed displayed LJ Blocked C Caution User logs in to application User clicks link to create book User enters books name and author then clicks Next User chooses book s genre and sub genre from list 5 User clicks submit button File Attachments Filename Description Author Date Uploaded Sequence Diagram for Book Mat pdf Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the book managament use case test case Fred Bloggs 03 May 2006 11 3 6 Test Run Summary Report This report displays all of the test runs defined for the current project The test run s details and execution status are displayed in a summary grid form Test Run Summary Report This report displays all of the test runs defined for the current project in date order most recent first The test run s details and execution
67. and waiting for the popup tooltip to appear If you click on the host name hyperlink you will be taken to the automation host details page described in section 5 9 2 Clicking on any of the pagination links at the bottom of the page will advance you to the next set of hosts in the list according to the applied filter and sort order There is also a drop down list at the bottom of the page which allows you to specify how many rows should be displayed in each page helping accommodate different user preferences One special column that is unique to automation hosts is the Token field This needs to contain a short textual identifier that uniquely identifies each automation host in the project This will be used by each host computer to identify itself to SpiraTeam 5 9 1 Sorting and Filtering You can easily filter and sort the list of automation hosts as illustrated in the screen shot below Internal Projects y gt Library information System seach Q Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting Bloggs dh New Host Ch Refresh Showihide columns 7 Y Eller Displaying 1 3 out of 3 automation host s for this project F iltering results by Web Browser C Jf NameAY Token AY j xz T AH intermet Explore Y 3 May 2009 AH000004 internet Explorer Win8 30 Apr 2009 AH000001 Internet Explorer WinVista 1 May 2009 AH000002 Internet Explorer Show 15 y rows per page To filter the list by one of the displayed fields
68. any of the displayed columns you either choose an item from the appropriate drop down list or enter a free text phrase depending on the type of field then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates test set numbers In the screen shot above we are filtering on test sets that contain at least one failed test case In addition if you have a set of filters that you plan on using on a regular basis you can choose the option Filter gt Save Filter to add the current filter to the list of saved filters that appear on your My Page The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter 5 7 10 Copying Test Sets To copy one or more test sets simply select the check boxes of the test sets you want to copy and then select the Edit gt Copy menu option This will copy the current test set selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the test sets to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The test sets will now be copied into the destination location you specified The name of the copied test sets will be prefixed with Copy of to distinguish them from the originals 5 7 11 Moving Test Sets To mo
69. attachment dialog box Add New Document Add New Document F Add New Document Type Fide URL Screenshot Type Fie amp Type File URL Screenshot Filename Browse No fle selected URL Descnption Description Screenshot Document Type Functional Specfication Doc ant Fol Root Folder Document Folder Root Folder owe older Please paste your erage using the CTRL V keyboard command Tags Tags ag Document Type Functional Specfication Descnption Document Type Functional Speotication Document Folder Roa Folder Tags There are three different types of item that can be attached to a test step gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the
70. click on the link of another project name You can always change your current project by clicking on the drop down list of projects displayed on the global navigation bar to the right of the Log Out link If you are a project group member the name of the project group will also be displayed as a hyperlink In which case clicking on the project group hyperlink will take you to the Project Group dashboard see section 3 5 3 2 2 My Saved Searches This section lists any filters searches you have saved from the various artifact list screens throughout the application This allows you to store specific combinations of searches that you need to perform ona regular basis e g display all newly logged incidents display all requirements that are completed but have no test coverage The name of the saved search is displayed along with an icon that depicts which artifact it s for and the project it refers to Clicking on the name of the saved search will take you to the appropriate screen in the project and set the search parameters accordingly Clicking the Delete link next to the saved search will delete it Clicking on the orange RSS icon will allow you to subscribe to the specific search so that it will be displayed in your RSS newsreader This allows you to setup customized lists of information that can be displayed outside of SpiraTeam 3 2 3 My Assigned Requirements This section lists all the requirements you have been made
71. different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Overview mode but it can be switched to Test Runs Attachments Incidents and History modes if so desired Each of the views is described separately below In addition there is a shortcut icon Execute that allows you to execute all the tests in the set against the release specified in the test set 5 8 1 Overview Details In this tab the right pane displays the description fields and comments associated with the test set The top part of this tab displays the various standard fields and custom properties associated with the test set Release Type Automation Host Creation Date 1 1 2007 7 00 00 PM Status Last Executed 12 1 2003 5 45 20 AM Planned Date Last Updated 1 1 2007 7 00 00 PM amp e emnnoA Operating System Please Select _ Description Ie Re egOon This tests the functionality introduced in release 1 0 of the library system The Description section contains the long formatted description of the test set You can enter rich text or paste in from a word processing program or web page The Planned Date field lets you specify the date and time to execute the test using the popup time picker Planned Date 02 04 2007 y One Time W Notes 10 14 PM 12 00 am 12 30am 1 00 am 2 00am 2 30am 3 00am 4 00am 4 30am 5 00am 6 00am 6 30am 7 00am Ope
72. executed against the overall execution status for the test case in that run anda link to the actual test run details See section 5 6 In addition you can choose to display any of the custom properties associated with the test run Overview Req Coverage Test Runs Releases Attachments History Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns v Displaying 1 6 out of 6 test run s m Caw Y Cw Yd av mR Jam Y G Y reate new book 4 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0003 0 0h TR000018 P Abi ity to create new book 3 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0002 0 0h TROOO0015 Z Abi ity to create new book 2 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0001 0 0h TRO00013 Z Abi ity to create new book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 1 0 1 0 0 2h TR000002 Mozilla Firefox Windows 7 for Release 1 1 Abi ity to create new book 1 Dec 2003 1 0 0 0 0 2h TR000012 Opera Windows Server 2003 0 Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle i 1 0 0 0 0 2h TR000001 Internet Explorer Windows 8 or Release Show 15 rows per page Displaying page a hofi p The customize columns drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test run list as columns To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column na
73. from list User clicks submit button Not Run User taken to first screen Not Run in wizard User taken to next screen Macbeth William in wizard Shakespeare Not Run User sees screen displaying all entered information Play Tragedy Not Run Confirmation screen is displayed Not Run 11 3 2 Test Case Detailed Report This report displays all of the test cases defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test case list The test case s details and execution status are displayed along with sub tables containing the list of test steps test runs attached documents the change history and a list of any associated open incidents Test 2 Ability to create new book Tests that the user can create a new book in the system Status Failed Author Fred Bloggs Owner Fred Bloggs URL http www libraryreferences org Test Type Functional Test Priority Creation Date Last Execution 1 Critical 01 Dec 2003 04 Dec 2003 Step Description 1 Call Login to Application User clicks link to create book User enters books name and author then clicks Next User chooses book s genre and sub genre from list User clicks submit button Test Runs Tester Expected Result Sample Data Last Status Not Run Not Run Not Run Not Run Not Run User taken to first screen in wizard User taken to next screen in wizard User sees screen displaying all entered information Confirmation screen is displayed Ma
74. from this planned effort to give the available effort 7 2 2 Overview Comments The Comments tab shows the current discussion thread for this release _ Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first Fred Bloggs Wednesday November 19 2003 7 00 00 PM That sounds like a good plan Joe P Smith Monday November 10 2003 7 00 00 PM We will use the incident tracking module to capture the feedback and the cycle the items back into the next release Fred Bloggs Sunday November 09 2003 7 00 00 PM This is the first version of the system we need to make sure we have a good feedback process in place To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button Fot ss See Y BY u 88 FE tal egoo All existing comments are listed in order by entered date either newest first or oldest first To create a new comment enter the text into the text box and then click the Save icon 7 2 3 Overview Builds This section displays the list of builds associated with the current release iteration Each build is listed together with its name creation date status whether the build succeeded or failed and last updated date Clicking on the hyperlink for the build name will open up the Build Details page which is described in section 7 4 of this manual Builds gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 15 out of 15 build s in this release iterat
75. functionality in each of the Spiraleam screens and provide specific information on how to manage each of the artifacts illustrated above Note that this manual does not explain the Administration level functionality of the system for that please refer to the SpiraTeam Administration Guide 2 11 2 Artifact Naming Conventions On various screens in the system you will see lists of artifacts requirements test cases etc together with a unique identification number In order to make it easier to recognize at a glance which type of artifact the identification number refers to SpiraTeam uses a system of two letter prefixes which help identify the type of artifact being displayed The current prefixes used by the system are Project PR Project Group PG Use incident Type Tr Requirement RQ Incident Priority PIP Requirement Step Incident Severity FIV W W Test Case Workflow WK Test Step Workflow Transition PG IT IV K Test Run Custom Property Values Test Run Step Project Role IN TK Incident Task Tak ooo ncident Status In addition certain artifacts in the system are displayed with an icon that helps distinguish them from each other and provides additional context on the state of the artifact icon Artifact Description C cmo SS Th Incident Source Code Revision Project Resource B Test Automation Host Artifact has an Attachment 3 User Project Management This section out
76. gt button brings up a secondary menu that allows you to choose whether to insert a test case or a test folder if you just click Insert it defaults to inserting a test case In either case it will insert the new test folder test case above the currently selected item i e the one whose check box has been selected at the same level in the hierarchy If you want to insert a new test case or test folder inside an existing folder use the Insert gt Child Test Case or Insert gt Sub Folder option instead If you insert a new test folder test case without first selected an existing item from the list the new test case will simply be inserted at the end of the list Once the new test folder test case has been inserted the item is switched to Edit mode so that you can rename the default name and choose an owner and or author Note that all new test cases are initially set with an execution status of Not Run 5 1 2 Indent Outdent Clicking on the lt Indent gt button indents all the test folders test cases whose check boxes have been selected You cannot indent a test case or folder if it is below a test case as test cases are not allowed to have child items Clicking on the lt Outdent gt button de indents all the test folders test cases whose check boxes have been selected 5 1 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes all the test cases and or test folders whose check boxes have been selected If any
77. items that include the entered keywords in either the name or description field Search Results The following 8 results match your keyword s create book TK2 Create book object insert method Library Information System Code the business object that inserts a new book row in the database Sunday November 30 2003 TK5 Create book object update method Library Information System Code the business object that updates an existing book record in the database Sunday November 30 2003 TKS Create book object delete method Library Information System Sunday November 30 2003 TK11 Create book subject mapping insert method Library Information System Sunday November 30 2003 TK12 Create book subject mapping delete method Library Information System Sunday November 30 2003 TK1 3 Create book subject mapping queries Library Information System Sunday November 30 2003 TK19 Create book object delete all method Library Information System Sunday November 30 2003 qFyTs2 Ability to create new book Library Information System User clicks link to create book Sunday November 30 2003 You can search for individual keywords by simply entering them in the search box and clicking the arrow button on the right You can search for phrases by enclosing the words in double quotes You can also search for a specific artifact by its unique two letter prefix and ID number For example searchi
78. know which test script was responsible for a recorded bug needed to accurately reproduce the issue 1 2 Project Management As described in the Agile Manifesto traditional waterfall software methodologies and lifecycles have failed to delivery projects on time and on budget In addition many systems built this way will fail to provide the expected business value as there is no ability to quickly refine the requirements as the project progresses Consequently software development has been transformed with these new ideas and concepts with new methodologies such as Extreme Programming XP Scrum Kanban DSDM and AUP becoming common However the traditional tools of project management requirements specifications high level project plans GANTT charts white board schedules and top down task management are too cumbersome and not well suited Spiraleam provides a complete Agile Project Management System in one package that can manages your project s requirements releases iterations tasks and issues in one environment fully synchronized 2 Functionality Overview This section outlines the functionality provided by SpiraTeam in the areas of requirements management test case management release planning iteration planning incident tracking task management and project user management 2 1 Requirements Management Spiraleam provides the ability to create edit and delete project scope requirement
79. log ins will automatically select that project and highlight it for you in the My Projects list see 3 2 1 below Your homepage contains all the information relevant to you consolidated onto a single page for you to take immediate action By default the page lists the information for all projects that you are a member of However you can choose to filter by the current project to get a more focused list Next to some of the widgets is an RSS icon BM this allows you to subscribe to the information as a Really Simple Syndication RSS newsfeed This can be useful if you want to be able to be notified about recently assigned items without having to setup email notifications or being logged into SpiraTeam continuously If you don t see an RSS icon next to the widgets on your My Page it means that you have not enabled RSS newsfeeds in your profile For more details on configuring your RSS preferences please refer to section 3 6 My Profile Initially the page is loaded in view mode which means that the various widgets on the page are displayed with minimum visual clutter no toolbars or control icons that makes it easy to scan the items on the page and see what work has been assigned To switch the page to edit mode click on Modify Layout Settings hyperlink S v Internal Projects y gt Library Information System y Planning y Testing y Tracking y Reporting Fred Bloggs My Page gt Fred Bloggs Welcome Fre
80. of each field and clicking the Apply Filter link In addition you can quickly sort the list by clicking on one of the directional arrow icons displayed in the header row of the appropriate field 5 8 5 Attachments In this mode the main pane displays the list of documents that have been attached to the test set The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Overview Test Runs Attachments Incidents History gt Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 1 out of 1 attachment s SizeAY ss Edited By AY EditedOn AV AuthorAY DAY a _ Doc Functional Specification 24 KB Fred Bloggs 27 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs DC000047 sd Screenshot1 png Show 15 v rows per page M 1 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an exi
81. of requirements that have test cases that are passed failed blocked cautioned not run as well those requirements that do not have any test cases not covered Unlike the main Requirements Coverage graph on the home page this one is segmented by requirement importance For each of the three graphs you can click on the Display Data Grid link to display a grid of the underlying data that is represented in the graph and also there are options to save the graph in a variety of different image formats 3 5 Project Group Home When you click on either the Project Group name in the global navigation or the name of the project group in the My Page project list you will be taken to the homepage of the specific project group in question Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ry Fred Bloggs ad 5 Project Group Home Project Group Internal Projects PG000002 Modify Layout Settings Add Items Group Overview Project List Contains the library project and sample application one Project Name Web Site Creation Date Web Site www libraryinformationsystem org yw Wore Library Information System http www Sbraryinformationsystem org 30 Nov 2005 Owner s Fred Bloggs System Administrator y 3 as HK z n Sample Application One http www tempur org 30 Nov 2005 Requirements Coverage E a 10 Test Execution Status 5 0 Passed Falled Not Run Not Covered
82. of the items are test folders then all the children are all deleted whether test cases or folders This behavior is similar to that in Microsoft Windows Explorer 5 1 4 Execute Clicking on the lt Execute gt button executes all the test cases selected together with all the test cases contained with any selected test folders The test execution functionality of SpiraTeam is explained in more detail in section 5 3 5 1 5 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the test case list This is useful as other people may be modifying the list of test cases at the same time as you or executing specific test cases and after stepping away from the computer for a short time you should click this button to make sure you are viewing the most current test case list for the project 5 1 6 Edit Each test case in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just double click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column Reporting search QJ Planning Testing Tracking y Internal Projects y gt Library Information System a Fred Bloggs Y Y Eller Display data for All Releases M am v ay o v PE ay Y FP Cs Fred Bloggs 30 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs
83. on the right The backlog items can be child requirements with associated tasks and test cases or incidents In this view the incidents are the ones linked to the package through an association Planning Product Backlog v L Detailed View Ml Incidents L Tasks L Test Cases Group By By Package v gt Unassigned Items v E Subject Management system SF Ra 20 RQ21 C Ability to add new subjects to the system Ability to edit existing subjects in the 1 5 1 5 v Administration Functions op RQ 23 RQ 26 RQ 27 CT Ability to completely backup the Ability to create new users in the system Ability to modify existing users in the database system bd 5 Data Import Functionality dp 3 RQ 25 E Ability to import from legacy system x Creating a new book in the system Editing an existing book in the system Deleting an existing book from the system v Use Cases Cc S RQ 30 5 RQ 31 RQ 32 gt System Qualities _ i The top section will contain the list of items that are not assigned to a package with the other sections containing the items that are children of the specific package 13 1 3 Product Backlog By Priority This view is designed to let you see the product backlog organized by requirement importance Each of the possible importance values is displayed on the left hand side and the backlog items displayed in the same ro
84. or iteration The lower section of the board allows you to segment the items by either status typically used in Kanban or by person There is also a third option that allows you to view the Task artifacts by person for the current iteration Planning 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 MALA C Detailed View Mlincidents Cl Tasks Cl Test Cases Group By By Person Fred Blogas ap Ic r Joe P Smith P 7 Available Utilized ini Available Utilized Remaining 80 0h 54 0h 80 0h 40 0h 40 0h RQ6 RQ 5 Ability to delete existing books in the Ability to edit existing books in the system system 2 0 RQ 12 GR Ability to create different editions Ability to add new books to the system 2 0 The screen above illustrates the items being segmented by resource for the current iteration sprint 13 4 1 Iteration Backlog By Status This view is designed to let you see the iteration sprint plan organized by requirement status Each of the possible status values for a planned item is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view will only be requirements with associated tasks and test cases Planning 1 1 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 _ Detailed View Incidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Status RQ 8 1 0 Ability to associate books with differ
85. other users in the system that you have listed as a personal contact My Contacts Name Department Online Operations Joe P Smith OA gt Send Message Remove System Administrator gt Send Message Remove Each user is displayed along with their graphical avatar department and a colored indicator that lets you know if they are online or not If they are online you can then send them an instant message which will be described later in section 3 3 To remove an existing contact just click on the Remove hyperlink To add a new user simply locate them in the Tracking gt Resources page and then use the lt Add As Contact gt button 3 2 12 My Saved Reports This section lists any reports you have saved from the reports center This allows you to store specific combinations of report elements format filters and sorts See the section on Reporting for more details on how to configure a report for reports that you need to run on a regular basis My Saved Reports Project Library Information System gt Delete Library Information System gt Delete 3 2 13 My Subscribed Artifacts This widget displays a list of all the artifacts in the system that you have subscribed to by clicking on the Subscribe icon on the item You can display the item by simply clicking on the hyperlink In addition if changes are made to any of the artifacts an email notification will be sent to you You can click on the Unsubscribe l
86. owner of across all the different projects you are a member of This typically means that the project manager has assigned you to be responsible for either developing the supporting test cases or decomposing the requirement into its detailed work breakdown structure of project tasks The requirement name is displayed along with its status requested accepted in progress etc and its importance 3 2 4 My Assigned Test Cases This section lists all the test cases you have been made owner of across all the different projects you are a member of This typically means that the project manager has assigned you to be responsible for executing the assigned test scripts To aid in this process the script name is displayed along with its last execution status failed passed or not run and date of last execution This enables you to see how recently the tests have been run and whether they need to be re run If you click on the test name hyperlink you will be taken to the details page for this test case see section 5 2 and the project that the test case belongs to will be made your current project If you click on the gt Execute link listed below it will actually launch the test case in the test case execution module see section 5 4 so that you can easily retest failed cases 3 2 5 My Assigned Test Sets This section lists all the test sets groups of test cases you have been made owner of across all the different projects you are a
87. range of the task or consider moving the task to the next iteration 8 2 4 Attachments This tab displays the list of documents that have been attached to the task The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Overview Attachments History Associations Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 3 out of 3 attachment s law YI tcAw YJ mj Aw vj DC EF Use Case Dia gram vsd UML Diagram 43 KB Fred Bloggs 22 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000012 EF Author M anagement Screen Wireframe vsd Screen Layout 533 KB Fred Bloggs 1 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000008 T Book Man agement Screen Wireframe ai Screen Layout 392 KB Fred Bloggs 31 Mar 2006 Joe P Smith DC000011 Show 15 rows per page Displaying page 1 sof 1 The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remov
88. requirements whose check boxes have been selected If any of the items were the only children of a summary requirement item then that item will be changed back from a summary item to a detail item 4 1 5 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the requirements list This is useful as other people may be modifying the list of requirements at the same time as you and after stepping away from the computer for a short time you should click this button to make sure you are viewing the most current requirements list for the project 4 1 6 Edit Each requirement in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just double click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column st internal Projects gt Library Information System seach QJ Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting Bloggs Requirements diinserty 3 Delete dindent lt Qutdent snowLevei Y Refresh Edity Tools y Shownide columns Y Y Eiter Displaying 14 out of 14 requirement s for this project x pae v ov A Ra 7 In Progress RQ000001 In Progress RQ000002 WiCrideal Competed RQ000003 1 Critical Y Completed Y 1 0 0 0 0001 t Moderate a zi j z v ka O lt Ha A e I 2 F
89. run and a link to the actual test run details See section 5 6 In addition you can choose to display any of the custom properties associated with the test run Overview Test Runs Attachments Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns v Displaying 1 3 out of 3 test run s m Cw Yew ew y mR J Cm Y w 5 Ability to create new book 4 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0003 0 0h TROO0018 Z Ability to edit existing book 4 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0003 Fae 0 1h TR000019 Ability to create new author 4 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0003 0 2h TR000020 Show 15 rows per page Displaying page 1 sof 1 The customize columns drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test run list as columns To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names The displayed columns can be any standard field or custom property You can also filter the results by choosing items from the filter options displayed in the sub header row of each field and clicking the Apply Filter link In addition you can quickly sort the list by clicking on one of the directional arrow icons displayed in the header row of the appropriate field 5 10 2 Attachments In this mode the main pane displays the list of docum
90. source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the documeni s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 7 2 9 View History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the release artifact since its creation An example release change history is depicted below Overview Incidents Regs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 2 out of 2 change s 2 May 2006 Name Modified 4 Mar 2005 Version 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 Joe P Smith Modified Show 15 rows per page Displaying page 1 fa of 1 The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 7 3 Build Details When you click on a build entry in the build list you are taken to the build details page illustrated below sE Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searct Planning Testing Tracking Reporting BD system Administrator Releases gt Build Details lt lt
91. status are displayed in a summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Test Run Name Test Case Release Test Set Type Tester Est Duration Actual Duration Start Date End Date Status Runner Ability to TRIO edit existing TC3 1 0 0 0 pana ee Shat Shae ee etter eue re Bloggs mins ning 2003 2003 Cation Ability to create new TC2 Automated Fred Qhours 10 1hours 10 01 Dec 01 Dec book Bloggs mins mins 2003 2003 Failed NUnit Opera Windows 2003 Ability to create new TC2 1 1 0 0 0001 Automated Fred 0 hours 2 1 hours 10 02 Dec 02 Dec book Bloggs mins mins 2003 2003 Passed JUnit Ability to edit existing TC3 1 1 0 0 0001 Automated Fred O hours 5 1 hours 10 02 Dec 02 Dec Passed JUnit book Bloggs mins mins 2003 2003 11 3 7 Test Run Detailed Report This report displays all of the test runs defined for the current project in date order most recent first The test run s details and execution status are displayed along with sub tables containing the list of test run steps and a list of any associated open incidents Test Run 1 Ability to create new book Tests that the user can create a new book in the system Test Case TC2 Release 10 00 Status Failed Tester Joe P Smith Execution Date 01 Dec 2003 Type Manual Test Set Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 Est Duration 0 hours 10 min
92. subjects ar Insert Completed 1 1 0 0 0001 Edit It O Ability to associate books with different authors oe Completed 1 1 0 0 0001 3 Delete Ability to associate books with different editions _ Completed 1 1 0 0 0002 Indent Ability to completely erase all books stored in th Bd Completed 1 2 0 0 lt Outdent Edition Management In Progress Copy Items Author Management m py Ch Cut Items s Planned subject Management Subject Management Ch Paste Items Ara for ALO In Progress You can now choose any of these options as an alternative to using the icons in the toolbar 4 2 Requirement Details When you click on a requirement item in the requirements list described in section 4 1 you are taken to the requirement details page illustrated below S v Internal Projects y gt Library Information System vy Planning y Testing y Tracking Reporting Fred Bloggs Requirements gt Requirement Details Workflow Operations Savey hCopy amp Refresh 3 Delete i Print Email 9 Unsubscribe gt Continue Development BS ae gt Mark as Completed Requirement Ability to add new books to the system RQ 000004 gt Mark as Tested Name Ability to add new books to the system lt lt Back to Requirements List Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments History Associations Depa a H v Details a Online Library Management Syst m m A E Book ees Type Feature
93. test cases from a variety of different folders and can be associated with a specific release of the system being tested 2 2 1 Test Automation As well as being able to store and manage manual test cases SpiraTeam can be used to manage the scheduling and execution of automated test scripts for a variety of third party test automation engines This allows you to centrally plan your automated testing and monitor the results of automated unit functional and load testing remotely For example you could schedule a set of automated functional tests to run on five different machines each with a different browser OS combination at 2 00 AM and have the results be ready for the next morning 2 3 Release Planning Spiraleam provides the ability to track different versions releases of the application being tested Each project in the system can be decomposed into an unlimited number of specific project releases denoted by name and version number Requirements and Test Cases developed during the design phase can then be assigned to these different releases When a tester executes a series of test cases they are able to choose the version of the project being tested and the resulting test run information is then associated with that release From a project planning perspective the releases are the major milestones in the project which are further sub divided into iterations which are separate mini projects with associated project scope and t
94. test run details page described in the next section Clicking on any of the pagination links at the bottom of the page will advance you to the next set of test runs in the list according to the applied filter and sort order There is also a drop down list at the bottom of the page which allows you to specify how many rows should be displayed in each page helping accommodate different user preferences 5 5 1 Sorting and Filtering You can easily filter and sort the list of test runs as illustrated in the screen shot below Internal Projects gt Library information System search QJ Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Refresh Print Showhide columns Y Vy Filter Displaying 1 6 out of 6 test run s for this project Filtering results by Execution Status Clear Fillers i Nar e v 4 TR E Any w oni Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 TROO0001 Internet Explorer Windows 8 Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 Ability to create new author 1 Dec 2003 Tesling ycde yong TR000004 for Release Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 1001 TR000012 Opera Windows Server 2003 J Z Ability to create new book 4 Dec 2003 1100 0003 TRO00018 WE Ability to edit existing book 4 Dec 2003 11 00 0003 TROO0019 s Person loses book and needs tu report loss 27 Dec 2012 TR000023 Functionality Show 15 w rows per page lt lt Displaying page of 1 gt gt
95. the Task Board M Detailed View Incidents Tasks _ Test Cases Group By Tasks By Person Jack Van Stanten P Joe P Smith op Available Utilized Remaining Available Utilized Remaining 32 0h 5 0h 27 0h 32 0h 3 0h 29 0h a ZJ TK 21 Z TK 22 Z TK 23 Develop new edition entry screen Create edition object insert method Write edition object insert queries Z TK 28 Create author object delete method Write author object delete query You can click on the expand collapse icons to hide any resources that are not relevant The system will display a progress bar for each resource to illustrate the allocation for that resource Any resource that has a progress bar that is completely green has been fully scheduled and should not have any additional tasks assigned If the progress bar for that resource turns red it means that they have been over scheduled and you need to reassign some of the tasks Above the resource headings there are sections with the release and iteration name they contain tasks that are scheduled for the current release or iteration but have not yet been assigned to a resource You can drag and drop the tasks between resources or to from the release iteration backlog Any tasks not assigned to a resource and release iteration will be listed in the Unassigned Items section at the top 14 Mobile Access This section describes the funct
96. the list of incidents associated with the current test run The incidents will have been logged during the creation of the test run and will be linked to one of the steps in the test run Overview Attachments Incidents Display List of Incidents gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter _ Show hide columns v Displaying 1 1 out of 1 incident s linked to this test run vi m OVA ye Y Aw VIN g Cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assigned 1 Critical Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Windows 8 w IN000007 F Edit Show 15 rows per page Displaying page a of 1 Each incident is listed together with the type status priority name owner detector detection date and a link to the actual incident details You can customize the fields that are displayed using the Show Hide Columns option In addition you can perform the following operations gt Refresh updates the list of incidents from the server useful if other people are adding incidents to this release at the same time Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of incidents Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all incidents associated with the current release are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the incident allows you to edit the incident inline directly on this screen 5 7 Test Set List As well as being able to organize test cases int
97. the test run In addition when using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam you can select the checkbox marked Include Source Code Revisions and the system will also scan the source code repository for any revisions that are linked to this artifact Since that can take be slower than accessing SpiraTeam it is provided as an option that you can enable and disable Overview Attachments History Associations gt Add Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter V Include Source Code Revisions Displaying 1 8 out of 8 association s Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Related to C Related to Developed 18 Mar 2004 18 Mar 2004 ROS E This incident is TS 2 Edit related to the test step E Ability to associate books with different editions Requirement w Ability to create new book Step 2 Test Step Passed Related to Implicit Implicit Implicit Source Code Source Code W The book listing screen doesn t sort a Creating a new book in the system Ability to create new book a Ability to add new books to the system rev0005 amp rev0003 Show 15 rows per page Incident Open Requirement Completed Test Run Failed Requirement Developed Revision Revision 16 Mar 2004 2 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 30 Nov 2003 10 Sep 2014 10 Sep 2014 Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Test Run
98. they truly correct the defect 2 10 Build Management SpiralTeam includes the ability to integrate with a variety of continuous integration automated build servers so that the results of automated builds can be displayed in SpiraTeam linked to the associated release or iteration In addition the results of automated tests and source code operations can be linked to the build events providing traceability from a specific build to the bugs that were fixed tests that were run and source code files that were modified 2 11 Instant Messenger SpiralTeam comes with a build in integrated instant messaging capability This lets users see which users are currently logged into the system maintain a list of contacts and where available send short instant messages to other users Any messages exchanged can then be posted to relevant artifacts in the system as permanent comments 2 12 Miscellaneous 2 11 1 Artifact Relationships The sections above have outlined the different features and functions available in the system and have described the various artifacts managed in the system e g projects users requirements tests etc To aid in understanding how the information is related the following diagrams illustrates the relationships between the different artifacts and entities Figure 2 The relationships between the various SpiraTest entities With these overall concepts in mind the rest of this help manual will outline the
99. to the test case you need to first click the Add New link to display the new attachment dialog box Add New Document i Add New Document F Add New Document a e Tyee Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Filename Browse No file selected URL Descnption Description Screenshot Document Type Functional Spectfication Doc ant F Root Folder Document Folder Root Folder ame older Please paste your erage using the CTRL V keyboard command Tags Document Type functional Specfication Tags Description Document Type Functional Spectication Document Folder oot Folder Tags There are three different types of item that can be attached to a test case gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g hitp mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the
100. users in the system You can see the status of other users by looking for the small green circle next to the list of users in the My Contacts widget as well as the various user fields in the system When a user is online and available to communicate with the small circle will be filled in green If you click on the green circle it will open up the instant messenger window for that user Joe P Smith You can then enter in a message to the other user which will then cause a conversation window to open inside their web browser with your message displayed The other user can then enter in their responses allowing the two users to have a real time conversation Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs 1 minute ago Hello Joe have you checked out the latest build Joe P Smith 0 minute ago Hi Fred not yet still fixing up some legacy bugs Post as Comments Send Message To make it easier to see what s new all unread messages will be displayed with a shaded green background In addition each user s message will be displayed next to their avatar image If the message window appears on a SpiraTeam window that contains a specific artifact e g a requirement test case task etc there will be the option to Post as Comments If you click this option any messages selected with a checkbox will be automatically posted to the current artifact as comments This is useful if you have a conversation related to a specific item an
101. v Release 1 0 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 vV g E 3 Ability to add new books to th Importance 1 Critical 7 er Book Management Y D Ability to edit existing books int Owner Joe P Smith v Estimate 2 0 points 16 00 hours ability to delete existing booksi Creation Date 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM Last Updated 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM T Ability to associate books with URL http libraries org _ Difficulty Moderate v Ability to associate books with c Classification Ability to associate books with c en PleaseSelect CY Ability to completely erase all by Notes SIS HEE Te O lt gt Edition Management Author Management This page is made up of three areas the left pane displays the requirements list navigation as well as the workflow transitions see below the top of the right pane displays the name of the selected requirement together with various operation icons and the bottom of the right pane displays different tabs with information related to the requirement The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the requirements list as well as a list of the peer requirements to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the coverage information of all the peer requirements by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the requirement
102. weekly to daily and if you choose a larger date range the x axis will switch to monthly Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 9 3 Cumulative Incident Count Graph The cumulative incident count chart displays the cumulative total number of incidents logged in the system for the current project over a particular date range either for all incident types or for a specific incident type The report displays two data series one illustrating the total count of all incidents the other the total count of all open incidents i e with status not set to fixed or closed Graph Name ret Conse Cas T Fier Date Range incident Cumulative Count In this version of the report the y axis represents the number of incidents and the x axis represents a specific week in the time span Each data point can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the point and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value You can also filter the type of incident being reported as well as change the date interval If you choose a smaller date range the x axis will switch from weekly to daily and if you choose a large
103. you can enter a specific incident number in the text box in the toolbar and click the lt Find gt button In the same toolbar there is also a shortcut for creating a new incident without having to first return to the incident list page In addition the lower section of the incident details page can be switched been four different views Overview Attachments History and Associations These are described later 6 2 1 Editing an Existing Incident If you are editing an existing incident the fields that are available and the fields that are required will depend on your stage in the incident workflow For example an open incident might not require a Resolved Version whereas a resolved incident could well do The types of change allowed and the email notifications that are sent will depend on how your project administrator has setup the system for you Administrators should refer to the SpiraTeam Administration Guide for details on configuring the incident workflows to meet their needs Depending on the user s role and whether they are listed as the owner or detector of the incident or not displayed in the left hand side of the page above the navigation list is a set of allowed workflow operations gt Resolve Incident gt Assigned gt Unable to Reproduce gt Duplicate Incident These workflow transitions allow the user to move the incident from one status to another For example when the inciden
104. 00011 SSS lest ocnpis Description Sequence diagram in UML format that provides l Shaw e eewe par pegs additional detail surrounding the book managament use H lt Displaying page 1 of 1 gt case test case Tag Cloud Version 1 2 b k Tags sequence diagram hook management A AAG Created By Fred Bloggs 5 2 2006 8 00 00 PM Edited By Joe P Smith 5 9 2006 8 00 00 PM managementerror lies Keka functional specification gt View Details Cancel libraries z m a i urutmeowm we Stack trace testing user interface wireframe You can click on the document URL to actually open the document itself in a new window click on the meta tag links to find related documents that contain the same meta tag or click on View Details to see more information regarding the document including an ability to edit its meta information and see the different versions of the document 10 1 3 Edit Document Folders If you are a project administrator you will see the Edit and Add buttons beneath the folder tree Document Folders Refresh E amp Root Folder Gi CreateNewAuthor CreateNewBook G Design Documents Gi EditExistingAuthor Gi EditExistingBook GS Misc Documents Gi Screen Captures Gi Specifications Test Results Gi Test Scripts This lets you add edit and delete task folders in the project To add a new folder click the Add button Add Folder Please choose the parent Fold
105. 004 9 Mar 2004 Library Information System hours A TK28 Create author object delete method 8 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 Library Information System 2 3 hours hours G TK29 Write author object delete query 8 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 Library Information System 0 8 hours hours G TK40 Develop edit subject details screen 25 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 Library Information System hours H TK41 Create subject object update method 25 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 Library Information System hours hours G TK42 Write subject object update queries 25 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 Library Information System My Assigned Incidents z IN21 Ability to associate multiple authors 2 IN46 Test System Limitation 19 Nov 2003 Library Information System 0 1 hours 6 Dec 2003 Library Information System 0 7 hours IN40 Test Training Item 2 ING Editing the date on a book is clunky z IN41 Test Training Item Z IN53 Test Change Request IN23 Ability to import data from excel 3 Dec 2003 Library Information System 7 5 Nov 2003 Library Information System 3 Dec 2003 Library Information System T7 Dec 2003 Library Information System 25 Nov 2003 Library Information System 0 3 hours oa 7 a 5 s 5 s 5 w N ho Z IN48 Test System Limitation 6 Dec 2003 Library Information System 1 3 hours TL W ING1 Sample Risk 3 10 Dec 2003 Library Information System 0 8 hours The system will only include projects that have time tracking enabled for incide
106. 013 2 Subject Maneyguenmt ot Covere Plonned Package RQ 000019 J Administration Functions t Covered No Tasks Requested Package ROQ 000022 D se Cases u Tas Completed Package RQ 000029 Crusling a nen book in the sysler No Tas Completed Use Case RQ 000030 Completed Use Case ROQ 000031 Completed Use Case RQ 000032 As a shortcut the left hand panel includes a set of Quick Filters that can be applied in a single click e My Filters This section displays any saved requirement filters created by the current user e Shared Filters This section displays any saved requirement filters created in the current project and listed as shared by the person who created them e Components This section lists the components defined for the current project Clicking on any of the components in the list will filter the requirements to only show those that belong to the selected component e Releases This section lists the releases and iterations defined for the current project Clicking on any of the releases or iterations in the list will filter the requirements by that release iteration 4 1 9 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the requirement list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of
107. 014 3182 KB Administrator rev0008 10 Sep 2014 1054 KB John Adams revO002 10 Sep 2014 587 KB Administrator rev0001 10 Sep 2014 253 KB John Adams rev0013 10 Sep 2014 i Manuals B amp Technical amp Training E Document Filename 35 xml TestVersionControlProvider2 Other Operations gt View Revision Log Eil Document Filename 39 xml Document Filename 40 him El Document Filename 41 b OOO OVO O OO OOO oO O oO o w Document Filename 42 ppt Show 15 rows per page I4 4 Displaying page a Sof 0 gt This screen consists of three main sections gt The top left hand pane displays a hierarchical list of the various folders that exist in the source code repository Clicking on the expand icon will expand the child folders and clicking on the name of the folder will display the list of files in the folder in the main pane to the right gt The main right hand pane displays a list of all the files contained within the currently selected folder This list can be filtered and sorted and you can choose how many rows of documents to display on the page at one time gt The bottom left hand pane contains the option to view the overall revision log for the project clicking on that will display the revision log page see section 12 3 for details Above the main right hand pane there is the branch selector This lets you choose which branch in the source code repository i
108. 04 7 00 00 PM Build 0014 sUCCeeC 3 10 2004 7 00 00 PM Build 0013 3 9 2004 7 00 00 PM Build 0012 3 8 2004 7 00 00 PM Build 0010 3 7 2004 7 00 00 PM For each build it will display whether the build succeeded or failed the date the build occurred and the name of the build together with a hyperlink to the build details see section 7 2 7 Note If no release or iteration is selected then the widget will not display any data 3 4 21 Requirements Graphs This widget lets you quickly view four different graphs used when measuring the progress of requirements in an agile methodology They are described in more detail in Reports section 11 8 of this manual 1 Requirement Velocity this graph shows the actual velocity delivered in each project release and or iteration compared to the project average and the rolling average 2 Requirement Burnup this graph shows the cumulative number of story points outstanding for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the actual and ideal burnup overlaid on top of a bar graph that shows the completed story points per release iteration 3 Requirement Burndown this graph shows the remaining number of story points that needs to be done for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the actual and ideal burndown overlaid on top of a bar graph that shows the completed story points per release iteration 4 Requirements Coverage this graph shows the number
109. 1 2 0 0 lt lt Back To Tests v 45 Testing New Functionality TX5 RZ Ability to create new author Y Test Case Information Person loses book and needs to report loss TC000012 _ Ability to reassign book to di F4 Py Person loses book and need R 0 Step 1 C16 E Step 2 TC17 E Step 3 112 E Step 4 7012 E Step 5 112 _ Adding new book and author Y Test Step Information Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below User opens up browser and enters application URL http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Expected Result Sample Data The browser loads the login web page http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it differs then click the appropriate button Font v se BZ 22 Eee TA ennom The screen displays a 404 error message page Unlike the lt Pass gt button if you don t enter a description of the actual result the system will display an error message and re prompt you again for input In the case of a failure both the individual test step and the overall test case will be marked with a red square containing a cross Similarly in the case of a blocked test case they will be marked with a yellow square and in the case of a caution they will be marked with an orange square Once marking a test step as lt Failed gt lt
110. 1 Apr 2004 11 Apr 2004 21 Apr 2004 1 Mar 2004 5 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 15 Oct 2004 30 Mar 2004 20 Mar 2004 24 Mar 2004 30 Mar 2004 30 Apr 2004 10 Apr 2004 20 Apr 2004 30 Apr 2004 4 Mar 2004 68 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2004 27 Oct 2004 176 0h 80 0h 48 0h 64 0h 352 0h 112 0h 112 0h 128 0h 96 0h 24 0h 72 0h 168 0h st Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Releases gt Release Details lt lt Back to Release List g Copy amp Refresh 3 Delete 2h Print Display Current Filter y amp Library System Release 1 Release 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 RL 000001 Library System Release 1 SP1 Name Library System Release 1 E Library System Release 1 SP2 a 4 Iteration 001 Overview Incidents Regs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History iteration 002 iteration 003 v Details Bu Version hoe Creator Fred Bloggs a Library System Release 1 1 iE Library System Release 1 1 SP1 Start End Date 2 29 2004 3 11 2004 Creation Date 2 14 2004 7 00 00 PM El Library System Release 1 1 SP2 Resources 3 Active Yes v Iteration 001 Non Working 3 person days Iteration l No v Iteration 002 ET Plan Effort 216 00 Available Effort 120 25 E iteration 003 Library System Release 2005 ees Font V see BI U 2 j IS cE SE Ta Oy O lt gt
111. 10 Library System Release 1 SP1 0 0 3h 03h No Tasks Closed 3 2 3 5 13 10 20 Library System Release 1 SP2 o S No Tasks AS 1 a gt ew 2 4 B1100 Library System Release 1 1 18 86 0h 85 7h Not Reproducible 1 1 1 1 10 Library System Release 1 1 SP1 0 0 9h 0 9h No Tasks Open 4 2 2 15 E 1 2 0 0 Library System Release 2005 3 10 0h 9 5h E mine 3 3 2 esolve 2 2 2 6 TOTAL 14 14 11 11 11 61 Task Graphs View Details Graph Name Task Velocity Y Incident Open Count view Details 387 9 E Actual Velocity BB Expected Velocity 290 194 0 57 None 1 Critical 2 High 3 Medium 4 Low Requirement Incident Count 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 14 0 0 1 4 1 0 1 2 0 0 Requirement Name 0Open Total gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG Ability to associate books with different editions 3 3 Ability to add new books to the system 2 2 Late Finishing Tasks View All Ability to completely erase all books stored in the system w 2 2 Name Owner Progress End Date Ability to edit existing books in the system 1 1 Z Develop new edition entry screen Fred Bloggs i 11 Mar 2004 T Ability to delete existing books in the system 1 1 Z Create edition object insert method Fred Blogs 11 Mar 2004 Ability to associate books with different subjects 1 1 Z Create author object delete method FredBloggss 9 Mar 2004 T Ability to associate books with different authors 1 1 T Write author object delete query FredBloggs
112. 16 TC000017 lt 4 Displaying page 1 S of 1 gt gt Once you have the test case folder positioned at the correct place that you want it inserted just release the mouse button and the test case list will be refreshed with the item moved to the desired location To move multiple items simply select their checkboxes and then drag and drop one of the selected items 2 Alternatively you can simply select the check boxes of the test cases you want to move and then select the Edit gt Cut menu option This will cut the current test case selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the test cases to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The test cases will now be moved into the destination location you specified 5 1 12 Exporting Test Cases To export a test case or set of test cases from the current project to another project in the system all you need to do is select the check boxes of the test case s you want to export and then click Tools gt Export Tests This will then bring up a list of possible destination projects S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning x Testing Tracking Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs Test Cases dhinsert y 3 Delete indent lt Outdent snowlevei Y Refresh Gy Edit y 3 Tools y Showinide columns Y VY Eliter Displaying 9 out of 11 test case s for this release Display data for Ail Releases
113. 2004 24 0h RLO00009 E iteration 003 1 0 0 0 0003 11 Mar 2004 72 0h RL000010 EdE Library System Release 1 1 1 1 0 0 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 168 0h RL000004 T Library System Release 11 SP1 1 1 10 io Tasks 31 Oct 2004 29 Nov 2004 336 0h RLO00005 FEJE Library System Release 1 1 SP2 112 0 No Tests io Tasks 30 Nov 2004 30 Dec 2004 320 0h RLOD0007 Edit Export items heration 001 1 1 0 0 0001 14 Oct 2004 17 Oct 2004 24 0h RL000017 PEJE BJ tteration 002 1 1 0 0 0002 18 Oct 2004 22 Oct 2004 72 0h RL000018 gt Edit Ei iteration 003 1 1 0 0 0003 23 Oct 2004 26 Oct 2004 72 0h RL000019 gt Edit M Library System Release 2005 12 00 31 Mar 2005 11 Apr 2005 16 0h RLO00006 Show sv rows par page 4 Displaying page 1 Sof 1 Once you have chosen the destination project and clicked the lt Export gt button the releases iterations will be exported from the current project to the destination project Any file attachments will also be copied to the destination project along with the release iteration 7 1 13 Creating Test Sets from Releases As a shortcut you can click the Tools gt Create Test Sets option to create new test sets from the list of selected releases The created test sets will include all of the test cases associated with this release This is useful in regression testing when you have created a new release and want to be able to quickly assign a tester to ensure that all
114. 4 Execute Test Case s This section describes how a tester can follow the steps defined for a series of test cases and record what actually happened in the process In addition recorded failures of test cases can be used to automatically generate new incidents that will be added to the incident tracking module see section 6 You start test case execution in SpiraTeam by either selecting test cases or test sets on their respective page s and then clicking the lt Execute gt button or by clicking the Execute link on the test cases test sets listed on your personalized home page under My Test Cases or My Test Sets If you execute a test set then the values of the selected release and custom list properties for the test run are automatically populated from the test set whereas if you directly execute a test case itself those values can be chosen by the tester Regardless of the route taken to launch the test execution module the first screen that will be displayed will look like the following O Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ie Fre Bloggs Test Cases gt Test Case Execution s lt Back To Teats Test Execution Wizard amp Testing New Functionality TX5 sf Ability to create new author Please Choose the Release and Custom Properties To Execute Against W Step 1 1016 Jalase x Build None Note Any custom pro
115. 6 In addition you can choose to display any of the custom properties associated with the test run Overview Test Runs Attachments Incidents gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns v Displaying 1 3 out of 3 test run s Filtering results by Test Set Clear Filters End DateAY TestSeta Release AY Execution Status AV Est Dur AY Act Dur AY ID 4 Web Browser AY Operating System AY FS Tensor y ay Cam TRE Ca vo ka 0 Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 1 0 0 0 0 2h 1 3h TRO00001 Internet Explorer Windows 8 for Release 1 0 Ability to edit existing book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 0 0 0 1h 1 5h TR000003 for Release 1 0 Ability to create new author 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 0 1h 1 5h TR000004 for Release 1 0 Show 45 v rows per page 4 lt Displaying page ao fof 1 gt l The customize columns drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test run list as columns To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names The displayed columns can be any standard field or custom property You can also filter the results by choosing items from the filter options displayed in the sub header row
116. 7 Dec 2012 Start Date 11 6 2003 12 00 00 AM 11 5 2003 5 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 2 May 2006 Status Open Assigned Fred Bloggs Modified 5 Mar 2005 Status New Open Fred Bloggs Modified 4 Mar 2005 Type Incident Bug Joe P Smith Modified Show 15 Y rows per page Displaying page 1 of1 The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system 6 2 7 Associations In this tab the main pane displays a list of any requirements tasks test runs test steps or other incidents that are associated with this incident Overview Attachments History Associations gt Add Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter _ Include Source Code Revisions Displaying 1 6 out of 6 association s o vV TypeaY ArtifactName AY Artifact Type AV Status AV Creation Date AV Creator AY Comment AV IDAY Edit 2 CE D C c YC J e Related to Related to Related to Implicit Implicit re Ability to associate books with different editions Requirement w Ability to create new book Step 2 x The book listing screen doesn t sort Creating a new book in the system Ability to create new book Test Step Incident Requirement Test Run Developed 18 Mar 2004 Passed 18 Mar 2004 Open 16 Mar 2004 Co
117. 8 out of 27 requirement s for this project Filtering results by Status Clear Fillers aw o P Am Y Requesea v RQ amp Functional System Requirements z2 In Progress RQ000001 z2 ZB In Progress RQ000002 C Administration Functions Not Covered i Requested RQ000022 T Ability to completely backup the database Not Covered a Tasks Requested RQ000023 Not Covered Requested RQ000024 i Ability lo import trom legacy system x Not Covered No Tasks Requested RQ000025 J Online Library Management System 2 Ability to create new users in the system Not Covered No Tasks Requested RQ000026 Ability to modify existing Users in the system Not Covered Ne Tasks Requested RQ000027 Show 15 rows per page 4 4 Displaying page ibe hofi To filter the list by any of the displayed columns you either choose an item from the appropriate drop down list or enter a free text phrase depending on the type of field then click the lt Filter gt icon or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates requirement numbers In the screen shot above we are filtering on Status Requested In addition if you have a set of filters that you plan on using on a regular basis you can choose the option
118. Ability to create new book Passed Free Bioggs Y 30 Nov 2003 amp Functional Tests 5 TC000001 5 Ability to edit existing book E Caution 5 Abily to create new author a 2 Ability to edit existing author z Ability lo reassign book to diffaram author Regression Tests 2 Scenario Tests 2 B Exception Scenario Tests 1 j Person loses book and needs to report loss 4 Adding new book and author to library amp Common Tests 2 Ei pen Up Web Browser ZI Login to Application Fred Giggs Jal Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs TC000004 TC000005 TC000006 TC000007 TC000010 TC000011 TC000012 TC000013 TC000015 Tcoo0016 Ea tcoo0017 ee Show 15 w rows per page 44 Displaying page Sof 1 gt If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change the owner of five test cases from Fred Bloggs to Joe Smith you can click on th
119. Act O Test Case Name Owner Priority Est Dur Act Dur LastExecuted Execution Status ID O Ability to create new book 0 2h 13h 1 Dec 2003 Failed TC000002 E Ability to edit existing book 0 1h 1 5h 1 Dec 2003 Passed Oo Tc000003 0 amp Ability to create new author 0 1h 1 5h 1 Dec 2003 Failed Tc000004 Ability to edit existing author 0 1h Not Run Tc000005 Z Ability to reassign book to different author 0 1h Not Run TC000006 E Book management 01h Not Run Tc000008 Author management 0 1h Not Run Tc000009 Show 15 rows per page i Displaying page Ra of 1 gt Pt To change the order of the test cases please click on the test case icon and drag it to the appropriate place in the list E N N nn To move the test cases you simply need to click the test case icon and drag it to the appropriate position in the list Whilst you are dragging the icon the border in the list will change color to indicate where it will be moved to To modify an existing Test Case you simply need to click on the lt Edit gt button in the right most column or just double click on the cells in the row That will switch the selected row into Edit mode The owner field can then be set at the test case level This is useful in situations where you want the different test cases in the set to be executed by different testers e g in integrated scenario tests v Test Cases Est Dur 0 73 Act Dur 4 25 rail hese cer
120. Back To Build List v Build Build 0015 BL 000015 5 Iteration 003 Name Build 0015 Build 0015 Build 0014 Build 0013 Build 0012 Description Creation Date 3 11 2004 7 00 00 PM Last Updated 3 11 2004 7 00 00 PM This page is made up of three areas the left pane is the navigation window the upper part of the right pane contains the build detailed information itself and the bottom part of the right pane displays different information associated with the build The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the build list as well as a list of the other builds that belong to the same release iteration as the current one The top part of the right pane allows you to view the details of the build including a detailed description of why it succeeded or failed Since builds are populated from an external Continuous Integration server the build information will always be read only inside the SpiraTeam user interface The lower part of the right pane contains tabs that can display different information associated with the build Each of the tabs Associations Incidents Revisions and Test Runs is described separately below 7 3 1 Associations This tab displays a list of SpiraTeam artifacts that have been associated with any of the source code revisions see section 7 4 3 below that were included in the current build Associations Incidents 26 Jul 2008
121. Caution gt or lt Blocked gt you will automatically be taken to the first test step in the next test case or if it is the last test case being executed the lt Finish gt button will be displayed instead In addition to logging the failure you can optionally choose to have the failure automatically result in the creation of a new incident This is achieved by opening the Incidents section and entering a name type priority severity and any custom properties for the new incident before clicking the lt Fail Caution Blocked gt button _ Incidents Please enter the following information to log an incident with this test step Name Cannot login to the web page correctly e z u 22 5EFF ba ennon Operating System Windows Vista Yy Web Browser _ Please Select v Internal F Review Date es Difficulty Please Select Vv Reviewer Please Select 7 Decima The following incidents have already been logged for this test step The other information needed for the new incident is automatically populated from the test step details The newly created incident will also be linked to the test step allowing traceability from within the incidents module The functionality for managing incidents is described in more detail in section 6 If you need to attach documents to the test run e g screenshots of the error message you just need to open the Attachments section and then choose the option
122. D Name Type Status Priority Owner Start Date End Date Release Complete Plan Effort Est Effort Actual Effort In Progress In Progress Functional System Requirements Requirement Online Library Management System Requirement 1 Book Management Requirement Completed Critical Ability to add new books to the system Requirement Completed 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical Completed Competed Completed Develop new book entry screen Task Create book object insert method Task Write book object nsen queries Task Ability to edit existing books in the system Requirement Completed 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical t Critical Completed Completed Completed Develop edt book detais screen Task Create book object update method Task Write book object update queries Task Ability to delete existing books in the system 1 Critical Requirement Completed 11 2 4 Requirements Traceability Matrix This report displays a matrix of the requirements in the system with their list of covering test cases and associated mapped requirements Project 1 Library Information System Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Requirements Forward Traceability This section displays a list of all the requirements with t
123. Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 7 4 Incident Summary Graph The incident summary graph shows how many incidents are currently in a project The number of incidents is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the incident information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed Xs Group By Incident Summary Graph Mi Training a Risk gt _ Gmftation issue incident W Enhancement Lig Change Request Mm bus Assigned Closed Duplicate Mew Mot Reproducible Open gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the incidents status and the individual bars are grouped by the type of incident Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the
124. Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 7 5 Task Summary Chart The task summary graph shows how many tasks are currently in a project The number of tasks is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the task information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed Task Summary Graph MB Not Started MB in Progress Mi Completed oO gt z 1 Critical 2 High 3 Medium gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the tasks priority and the individual bars are grouped by the status of task Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar anda tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addi
125. Displaying page fof 1 i Each revision in the list is displayed with its name the name of the person who made the revision a description of what was changed the date the change was made and two flags that denote whether the content was changed and or if any of the properties of the file were changed Clicking on the revision name will take you to the appropriate revision details page see section 12 4 12 2 3 Associations This view displays a list of the SpiraTeam artifacts in the current project that are associated with the current file This allows you to see which requirements test cases incidents tasks etc are linked to the file Clicking on the hyperlink for the artifact will take you to the appropriate artifact page inside the project assuming your user has permissions to access that information Associations 25 Sep 2014 Ability to add new books to the system Fred Bloggs Requirement RQO000004 gt Remove 25 Sep 2014 Cannot add a new book to the system Joe P Smith Incident IN000007 gt Remove 25 Sep 2014 Y Create book object insert method Fred Bloggs Take a look at this document and see if it clarifi Task TK000002 gt Remove gt Add Association In addition you can use the Add New Association hyperlink to add a new association from the current source code file to an existing artifact in SpiraTeam Add New Association Please choose the artifact that you want to add an associat
126. Filters Components Administration Author Management Book Management Releases a B Library System Re 5 B Library System F E Tesi Change Request E iteration 001 E Iteration 002 B iteration 003 a B Library System E Iteration 001 E iteration 002 E Iteration 003 E iteration 001 E iteration 002 E iteration 003 Show 15 rows per page i4 lt 4 Displaying page 2 of 4 gt P i a o O o Closed Fred Bloggs 7 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith IN 000055 Edi EEE The homepage hangs whilst loading Bug e iis Joe P Smith 14 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000016 F Edit Support for IBM DB2 Enhancement Open Fred Bloggs 16 Nov 2003 IN 000019 Edit integration of security with NTLM PKI Enhancement Assigned Joe P Smith 17 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith IN 000022 F Edit Configurable meta data columns Enhancement Resolved Joe P Smith 24 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith IN 000026 F Edit 00i The incident list screen displays all the incidents entered for the current project in a filterable sortable grid The grid displays the incident number together with fields such as incident type bug issue risk etc status new open etc priority name assigned owner detection date detector closed date etc The choice of columns displayed is configurable per user per project giving extensive flexibility when it comes to viewing and searching incidents In addition you can vi
127. Functions unittest TestCase def setUp selt self seq range 10 def testshuffle 2 self make sure the shuffled sequence does not lose any elements random shutftle self seq self seq sort self assertEqual self seq range 1 The syntax highlighting is based on the file type and file extension so if you save a file with an incorrect extension e g using txt for a JavaScript file it may not display the correct color coding For text files that are not for a specific programming language it will simply display as plain text 12 2 2 Revisions This view displays the list of revisions that have been committed for the current file Preview Revisions Associations gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter ov RevisionAY AuthorAY SummayAY Commit Date AY Content A AV Properties A AY C CD z g 4 rev0013 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 No Yes g 4 rev0011 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Yes No g 4 rev0010 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Yes Yes CO A rev0006 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Yes No g 4 rev0005 Fred Bloggs Completes task TK 2 and fixes bug IN 7 10 Sep 2014 No No oO 4 rev0002 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Yes No Show rows per page id
128. IN 6 gt Edit C Depends on Oo Ability to associate books with different subjects Requirement Developed 12 Mar 2004 Fred Bloggs RQ 7 gt Edit LI Related to 1 Editing an existing book in the system Requirement Completed 4 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs This use case RQ 31 gt Edit defines the steps for editing a book Source Code rev0012 Revision 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs sasha requiremen RQ 5 and also completes iL Source Code rev0003 Revision 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs adil vai 7 r an 8 an implements requirement Show 15 rows per page ld Displaying page Be of 1 gt gt i You can perform the following actions on an association from this screen gt Delete removes the selected association to the other artifact This will only delete the association not the linked artifact itself gt Refresh updates the list of associations from the server useful if other people are adding associations to this requirement at the same time Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of associations Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all associations for the current requirement are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the associations allows you to edit the association type and comment fields inline directly on this screen To create a new association simply click the lt Add gt hyperlink which will display the Add New Associatio
129. Insert Step gt button without selecting a test step will insert a new step at the end of the list When a new step is inserted the fields are displayed in Edit mode so the description expected result and sample data fields are editable allowing you to enter the data v Test Steps gt Insert Step Insert Link Delete Copy Refresh Edit Parameters Oa Step Test Step Description W Step 1 Call Login to Application TC17 4 vy Step 2 User clicks link to create book Expected Result Sample Data User taken to first screen in wizard User taken to next screen in Execution ID Status Edit N A TS000001 gt Edit TS000002 Edit 0 w Step 3 User enters books name and Macbeth William Shakespeare author then clicks Next wizard User sees screen displaying all entered information Confirmation screen is displayed lt gt vy Step 4 User chooses book s genre and sub genre from list gy Step 5 User clicks submit button BZ U lt gt Play Tragedy TS000004 Edit TS000005 Edit M lt Displaying page Fa of 1 gt TS000003 gt Edit Not Run H step 6 BJ U e oM Show 15 rows per page Once you have entered the necessary information you can click either lt Insert gt or lt Update gt to commit the changes If you choose lt Insert gt another new row will be inserted which is useful if you intend on entering lots of rows at on
130. Insert gt button brings up a secondary menu that allows you to choose whether to insert a test set or a test set folder if you just click Insert it defaults to inserting a test set In either case it will insert the new folder test set above the currently selected item i e the one whose check box has been selected at the same level in the hierarchy If you want to insert a new test set or sub folder inside an existing folder use the Insert gt Child Test Set or Insert gt Sub Folder option instead If you insert a new folder test set without first selected an existing item from the list the new test set will simply be inserted at the end of the list 5 7 2 Indent Outdent Clicking on the lt Indent gt button indents all the test folders test sets whose check boxes have been selected You cannot indent a test set or folder if it is below a test set as test sets are not allowed to have child items Clicking on the lt Outdent gt button de indents all the test folders test sets whose check boxes have been selected 5 7 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes the currently selected test sets It will delete the association between the test set and its contained test cases but it will not delete the test cases themselves 5 7 4 Execute Clicking on the lt Execute gt button executes all the test sets selected The test execution functionality of SpiraTeam is explained in more detail in section 5 3
131. Pasting Cycle lor Halease 10 TS 0001 5 Testing Cyri top Helin 7 0 Harrie Testing Coro for Hehease 11 S Testing Cycle tor Release 1 1 E Tasting New Functionality ey Ewplaratary Tsing P E Regression lies Sats Oververw Tes Funes Allaghnentis doe P Smin F Urean Fred Boggs ay Regression Testing for Windows i I Regression Testing dor Windlows W LOOO Libren Syan Haa T oe Type Simaa Hone T7 kamalan Libe AZM F U H PM in Pngress T LasiExecuted 12 1 2003 5 45 20 4M mar FS 7 00pm Fy One time Y Law Updiied WUFOO Food MPM Ford T s T Bs Ul E BBE Lee gow Operating System Pissar Senet T Beserlpilon Fai Se T OF ea EERE Gal Laa Thee fests the luncionalily introduced in release 1 0 of the library syslhern This page is made up of three areas the left pane displays the test set list navigation the top of the right pane displays the name of the selected test set together with various operation icons and the bottom of the right pane displays different tabs with information related to the test set The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the test set list as well as a list of the peer test sets to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the detailed information of all the peer test sets by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the test sets list
132. Planning Testing Tracking Reporting 2 System Administrator incidents dp New Incident 3 Delete Refresh Gy Copy 3 Tools v Showihide columns Y Y Eilter v Displaying 16 30 out of 60 incident s for this project Quick Filter re A My Filters No fillers available Name AY Type AV Status AV riority AY Detected By AY Creation Date AY Owner AY IDAY Edit A oS Se a l a vi a VIN neal Ability to generate customized reports Enhancement Resolved Joe P Smith 24 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith Ez IN 000025 Edt W Ability to associate multiple authors Enhancement Duplicate Fred Bloggs 24 Nov 2003 IN 000029 F Emit Section 508 compliance Issue Closed Fred Bloggs 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith IN 000035 Edit W Test Training Item Training Assigned Fred Bloggs 2 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000040 M Edit Test System Limitation Limitation Open Fred Bloggs 3 Dec 2003 IN 000045 F Edit Test System Limitation Limitation Assigned Joe P Smith 3 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000046 F Edit Test System Limitation Limitation Duplicate Joe P Smith 4 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000050 gt Edit Change Request sample Risk 1 Risk Open i Crit Fred Bloggs 9 De 2003 IN 000059 P EdE J Editing the date on a book is clunky Bug Assigned Joe P Smith 3 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000008 F Edit E Quote handling issues throughout Bug Resolved figh Fred Bloggs 14 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs IN 000012 Edit Shared
133. S000005 n Show rows per page 4 Displaying page a a of 12 _ Step 3 User enters books name and author User taken to next screen in wizard Macbeth William Shakespeare 0 step 2 then clicks Next Vv Step 4 User chooses book s genre and sub User sees screen displaying all Play Tragedy genre from list entered information O qv Step 5 User clicks submit button Confirmation screen is displayed If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information 5 2 2 8 Editing Test Links To modify an existing Test Link you simply need to click on the lt Edit gt button to the right of the step or just click on the cells in the row That will open up the special dialog box used for editing the parameter values associated with a specific linked test case Edit Linked Test Case Parameters Please fill out the parameters for this linked test case login password password gt Update
134. SnowLevei G Refresh hEdit y 3 Tools y Shownide cohumms Displaying 14 out of 14 release s for this project Testing Tracking ate End Date i fe l Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs T Library System Release 1 Library System Release 1 SPI E hteration 601 E jieration 002 S iteration 003 2 Library System Release 1 SP2 E iteration 002 iteration 003 iteration 001 B iteration 002 heration 003 T Library System Release 1 1 SI Library System Release 2005 Show 15 rows per page 1 0 1 0 0004 10 10 0002 101 0 0003 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 0001 10200002 10 20 0003 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0002 10 00 0003 1 1 0 0 1200 29 Feb 2004 12 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2004 20 Mar 2004 24 Mar 2004 31 Mar 2004 31 Mar 2004 10 Apr 2004 20 Apr 2004 29 Feb 2004 4 Mar 2004 8 Mar 2004 14 Oct 2004 31 Mar 2005 11 Mar 2004 29 Mar 2004 19 Mar 2004 23 Mar 2004 29 Mar 2004 29 Apr 2004 93 Apr 2004 19 Apr 2004 29 Apr 2004 3 Mar 2004 7 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 26 Oct 2004 1 Apr 2005 RLO00001 Edit RL000002 gt Edit RL000011 EdE RL000012 Edit RL000013 gt Edit RLO00009 Edit RL0D0010 gt Edit RLOO0004 gt Edit RLO00006 Ede 4 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt The release list will contain all the releases and iterations associated with current project When you create a new project this list will initially be empty and you will have to use the l
135. Training Item R Test Change Request Status Last Executed 30 Nov 2003 Library Information Bug J Ability to create new book Library Information Enhancement gt Execute Library Information Sample Application O Incident Ability to edit existing book Library Information 30 Nov 2003 gt Execute Library Information Limitation Library Information Risk Library Information Training My Assigned Test Sets Name Project Regression Testing for Windows 8 4 gt Execute Library Information Change Request Due Date Status Library Information n a Completed My Assigned Tasks Deferred Name Exploratory Testing 2 gt Execute Library Information n a Project Due Date 11 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 Progress Z Develop new edition entry scre Library Information I amp Testing New Functionality 4 gt Execute Library Information 9 Feb 2007 In Progress W Create edition object insert m Library Information Y Write edition object insert qu Library Information W Refactor author screen to incl My Pending Test Runs Name Project Library Information p Last Updated Progress _ W Create author object delete me Library Information Note that once you have successfully logged in and chosen a project SpiraTeam remembers this selection and on subsequent
136. a value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 7 3 Test Run Summary Graph The test run Summary graph shows how many test runs are currently in a project The number of test runs is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the test run information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed Test Run Summary Graph 10 Blocked Caution Failed gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the test run execution status and the individual bars are grouped by test run type Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display
137. ack Van Stanten Developer 80 0h us000007 amp JoseP Smith Observer E 40 0h uso00003 amp Martha Noble Tester 80 0h usoo0010 amp Ricky Pond Developer 80 0h us000005 amp Rory Jones Developer 80 0h US000009 amp Rose T Smith Tester l 80 0h uso00008 amp Systom Administrator Project Owner 80 0h uso00001 Show 15 y ows per page 4 4 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt For a specific iteration Internal Projects gt Library Information System y x Resources Refresh Y Filter v Planning Testing Displaying 1 12 out of 12 resources in the current project group J am amp Amy E Cribhbins amp Donna W Harkness amp Fred Bloggs amp Henry J Cooper amp Jack Van Stanten amp Joe P Smith amp Martha Noble amp Ricky Pond amp Rory Jones a Rose T Smith amp System Administrator Show 15 rows per page 4 Anr Incident User Developer Tester Manager Tester Developer Observer Tester Daveloper Developer Tester Project Owner Tracking Reporting Fred Bloggs Display data for 1 0 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 75 E Jos 32 0h US000013 32 0h US000011 32 0h US000006 8 0h US000002 32 Oh US000012 32 0h uS000007 24 0h US000003 32 0h US000010 32 0h US000005 32 0h US000009 32 0h uS000008 32 0h US000001 Displaying page 1 Sof 1 gt Or for the entire project group S y Internal Projects v gt Library Information System Planni
138. adings are several secondary menu options that are displayed when you click the dropdown arrow to the right of the heading as illustrated below gt SpiraTeam Icon gt My Page described above gt My Timecard described in Section 3 7 gt Administration described in the separate SpiraTeam Administration Guide gt Project Group Home Page described in Section 3 5 gt Project Home Page described in Section 3 4 gt Planning gt Requirements described in Section 4 gt Planning Board described in Section 13 gt Releases described in Section 7 gt Documents described in Section 10 gt Testing gt Test Cases described in Section 5 gt Test Sets described in Section 5 7 gt Test Runs described in Section 5 5 gt Automation Hosts described in Section 5 9 gt Tracking gt Incidents described in Section 6 gt Tasks described in Section 8 gt Resources described in Section 9 gt Source Code described in Section 12 gt Reporting described in section 11 gt User Profile Icon gt My Profile described in Section 3 6 gt Log Out described in Section 3 3 2 gt Help described in Section 3 3 3 Note The main section headings will take you to the appropriate artifact type requirement test case incident etc for the currently selected project 3 3 1 Global Search SpiraTeam includes a global search bar that can be used to search across project and artifact type for
139. age iv Sof 1p If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change five tasks from Not Started status to In Progress you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 8 1 8 Copying Tasks To copy a task or set of tasks simply select the check boxes of the tasks you want to copy and then click lt Copy gt This will make a copy of the current task with its name prefixed Copy of to distinguish itself from the original Any file attachments will also be copied along with the task itself 8 1 9 Exporting Tasks To export a task or set of tasks from the current project to another project i
140. ails lt lt Back To Resource List v Resource Details Fred Bloggs Display e amp Fred Bloggs amp Joe Smith Name Fred Bloggs Hours Day Days Week Non Work Hours Month User Logo Email fredbloggs mycompany com Department QA Project Role Manager Reqs amp Tasks Incidents There are two options related to the instant messenger beneath the user s avatar When you click the Send Message button it will open up a new instant message window to start a conversation with the selected resource If the resource is not a contact of the current user clicking the Add Contact window adds the selected resource to the user s My Contacts list on the My Page dashboard Similarly if the resource is already a contact of the current user clicking Remove Contact will remove the resource as a contact Tabs along the bottom will show assigned requirements and tasks incidents test cases test sets and recent actions The views for each item are a subset of available columns to show progress and completion information for all items listed Clicking on an artifact s name will take you to the artifact details page 9 1 1 Reqs amp Tasks This tab displays the list of requirements and child tasks that are assigned to the current resource Test Cases Reqs amp Tasks Incidents Ability to delete existing books in the system a CETNA B
141. aken to the Test Run details page not to be confused with the Test Case details page shown below SE Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Test Runs gt Test Run Details lt lt Back to Test Run List E s Refresh ti Print Display Current Filter v E 41 Dec 2003 TRO00001 Test Run Ability to create new book TR 000001 Z 1 Dec 2003 TRO00012 Tests that the user can create a new book in the system 1 Dec 2003 TRO00002 1 Dec 2003 TRO00003 14 Dec 2003 TRO00004 1 Dec 2003 TR000005 1 Dec 2003 TR000006 i Overview 1 Dec 2003 TRO00007 1 Dec 2003 TRO00008 1 Dec 2003 TRO00010 E 1 Dec 2003 TRO00011 Tester Name Joe P Smith v Actual Duration 1 25 hours Py 2 Dec 2003 TRO00013 Test Set Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 a Execution Date 12 1 2003 5 45 20 AM gt Details Release 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 S Estimated Duration 0 16 hours 2 Dec 2003 TRO00014 Test Case TC000002 24 Execution Status Failed 13 Dec 2003 TRO00015 Bulki 3 Dec 2003 TR000016 None v l Test Run Type Manual Web Browser internet Explorer y Operating System windows 8 Notes Font v sz B z u 28 EE pal enoa This page consists of three panes gt The left hand navigation pane displays a list of related t
142. also be copied to the destination project along with the incidents 6 1 9 Creating Requirement from Incidents Sometimes you may have a situation where an enhancement has been logged in the incident tracker and now that it has been approved it needs to be converted into a formal requirement so that test cases and tasks can be generated from it To aid this process there is a shortcut that allows you to create new requirement from selected incidents and have it be automatically added to the requirements list When that is performed an association is automatically added that links this new requirement to the original incident To activate this feature select the checkboxes of the incidents you want to convert and then click Tools gt Convert Into Requirements 6 1 10 Printing Items To quickly print a single incident or list of incidents you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 6 2 Incident Details When you click on an incident item in the incident list or click the lt New Incident gt button as described in section 6 1 you are taken to the incident details page illustrated below S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searc Planning Testing Tracking Reporting BD system Administrator Incidents gt Incident Details Workflow Operations Refresh 3 Delete IN Find i M Email
143. ame field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates task numbers To change the column that is sorted or to change the direction of the current sort simply click on the up down arrow icon in the appropriate column The currently sorted column is indicated by the larger white arrow with the back border In the screen shot above we have filtered on tasks that are finishing late sorted in order of decreasing priority Clicking on Filter gt Clear Filter removes any set filters and expands the task list to display all tasks for the current project and clicking on Filter gt Save Filter allows you to save the filter to your My Page for use in the future The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter As a shortcut the left hand panel includes a set of Quick Filters that can be applied in a single click e My Filters This section displays any saved requirement filters created by the current user e Shared Filters This section displays any saved requirement filters created in the current project and listed as shared by the person who created them e Components This section lists the components defined for the current project Clicking on any of the components in the list will filter the tasks to only show those that belong
144. an send an email containing details of the incident to an email address or another user on the system Email this artifact to Project User Select a user in the project to send to Email Addresses A list of email addresses separated by Message Subject Leave blank for default Send Cancel You can specify the subject line for the email and either a list of email addresses separated by semicolons or an existing project user The content of the email body is specified by the email template configured in the Administration gt Notification Templates screen 7 Release Management This section outlines how to use the Release Management features of SpiraTeam to manage different versions of the system being tested in a particular project This is an optional feature of the system and you can manage the testing for a project successfully without tracking individual releases Typically when you develop a system it is important to ensure that features introduced in successive versions do not impair existing functionality this is known as regression testing In such situations you will want to be able to execute the same set of test scripts against multiple versions of the system and be able to track failures by version A feature that works correctly in version 1 0 may fail in version 1 1 and the maintenance team may be testing the existing lifecycle of v1 0 in parallel with the development team testing v1 1 Therefo
145. and filtered by using the appropriate controls Test Runs gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 3 out of 3 test run s in the current build Filtering results by Build Clear Filters vV NameaY EndDateAV TestSeta Type AV TesterAY Release AY Execution Status AY Est Dur AY Act Dur AY IDA Y Edit O Associations Revisions Incidents C B e a ER g Ability to create new book 3 Dec 2003 Automated Joe P Smith 1 1 0 0 0002 Passed oo 0 0h 1 2h TR000015 Edit O B Ability to create new book 2 Dec 2003 DO E Ability to edit existing book 2 Dec 2003 Show rows per page Automated Fred Bloggs 1 1 00 0001 Passed 0 0h 1 2h TR000013 Edit Automated Fred Bloggs 1 1 0 0 0001 Passed oo 0 1h 1 2h TR000014 Edit k lt Displaying page fa of 1 gt 8 Task Tracking 8 1 Task List When you click on the Tracking gt Tasks global navigation link you will initially be taken to the tasks list screen illustrated below S v Internal Projects gt Library Information System dp New Task 3 Delete Refresh Copy Planning 2 Tools y Show hide columns v Y Eilte Displaying 1 15 out of 43 task s for this project Quick Filter My Filters No filters available Shared Filters gt High Prionty Late Tas Components Administration Author Management Book Management Folders All Tasks E
146. are then summed across all the requirements to give the execution status breakdown of the covered requirements In addition to the five statuses for the covered requirements the sixth Not Covered bar depicts the total number of requirements that have no tests covering them putting the five other bars into perspective Typically a project is in good health if the Not Covered bar is zero and the count of Passed requirements is greater than Failed Caution or Not Run The greatest risk lies with the Blocked Not Covered and Not Run status codes since the severity quantity of any bugs lurking within is not yet fully Known If you position the mouse pointer over any of the four bars the color of the bar changes slightly and the underlying raw data is displayed as a tooltip together with the percentage equivalent Clicking on the any of the bars in the chart will take you to the requirements list page see section 4 1 with the corresponding filters set When you filter the project home by release iteration this widget will filter the requirements coverage graph to only include requirements that are specifically mapped to the selected release iteration This is useful when you want to determine the test coverage of new requirements that are being added to the specific release iteration If instead you want to determine the regression test coverage for a release you should add the separate Requi
147. ark as Completed changes the status to Completed gt Mark as Tested changes the status to Tested After changing the status of the requirement by clicking on the workflow link you can then fill in the additional fields that are now enabled and or required Once you ve made the changes to the appropriate requirement fields you can either click lt Save gt lt Save and Close gt or lt Save and New gt to commit the changes or lt Refresh gt to discard the changes and reload the requirement from the database In addition you can print the current requirement by clicking lt Print gt which will display a printable version of the page in a separate window Using the lt Email gt button on the toolbar you can send an email containing details of the requirement to an email address or another user on the system Email this artifact to Project User Amy E Cribbins kd Select a user in the project to send to O Email Addresses A list of email addresses separated by Message Subject Leave blank for default Send Cancel You can specify the subject line for the email and either a list of email addresses separated by semicolons or an existing project user The content of the email is specified in the System Administration Notification Templates In addition the bottom part of the right pane can be switched between six views Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments History
148. ase The list of tasks assigned to the current release or iteration grouped under that parent release iteration e For Requirement The list of tasks associated to the same requirement as the current task as well as other tasks at the same level in the requirement hierarchy The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the name of the particular task The fields that are available and the fields that are required will depend on your stage in the task workflow For example a not started task might not require a Release whereas an in progress task could well do The types of change allowed and the fields that are enabled visible required will depend on how your project administrator has setup the system for you Administrators should refer to the SpiraTeam Administration Guide for details on configuring the task workflows to better meet their needs Depending on the user s role and whether they are listed as the owner or author of the task displayed in the left hand side of the page above the navigation list is a set of allowed workflow operations Workflow Operations v gt Block Task gt Complete Task gt Defer Task gt Restart Development These workflow transitions allow the user to move the task from one status to another For example when the requirement is in the Developed status you will be given the options to gt Block Task changes status to Blocked gt Complete Task chang
149. ase in work for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 9 Task Burndown Chart The Task Burndown graph shows the remaining work in hours that needs to be done for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated and ideal burndown In addition the graph includes bars for the remaining and completed effort in each time period on the x axis Task Graphs Graph Name Task Bumdown v Filter 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 Task Burndown 103 Estimated Effort Ideal Effort TS Remaining Effort 8 Completed Effort 52 26 0 1 0 0 0 0001 0 0 0 0002 i 0 0 0 00023 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the total remaining work that needs to be done the actual burndown with a blue line indicating the ideal burndown In addition there are bars displayed at each interval of the x axis that shows the remaining effort and completed effort for that interval The x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granularity gt All
150. asks The project s requirements are scheduled at a high level against the releases and the detailed tasks are scheduled against specific iteration within the release In addition all incidents raised during the testing process are associated with this release allowing the development team to easily determine which version of the project is affected Finally as the incidents are resolved and verified during the testing phase the appropriate release can be selected to indicate which release the incident was resolved and or verified in 2 4 Iteration Planning As described in section 2 3 in addition to high level project releases SpiraTeam can also track the individual iterations that comprise a release giving the project manager the option to manage agile methodology projects within the SpiraTeam environment Unlike the release planning stage where high level requirements are estimated and scheduled the iteration planning phase involves assigning each of the requirements incidents and tasks in the project backlog against a specific iteration until the available effort in the iteration has been completely allocated When you first create iterations you specify the start and end dates together with the notional number of project resources assigned to the iteration and any non working days SpiraTeam uses this information to calculate the planned effort available to the iteration from which it will subtract the estimated task and inciden
151. ate new book 3 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0002 1 2h TROO0015 Ability to edit existing book 3 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0002 12h TRO00016 a Ability io create new author 3 Dec 2003 11 00 0002 1 2h TR000017 a Ability to cteste new book 2 Dec 2003 11000001 12h TR000013 2 Ability to edit existing book 2 Dec 2003 1 10 0 0007 1 2h TR0D0014 Ability to edit existing author 1 Dec 2003 1010 1 6h TR000011 2 Ability to edit existing book 1 Dee 2003 10 00 0 6h TR000010 T Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 on eects 0 10 15h TR000002 Mozilla Firefox Windows 7 2 Ability to adit existing book 1 Dec 2003 am ay p 1000 15h TR000003 3 esting Cycle n a Ability to create new author 1 Dec 2003 I zemam ne 9 1000 1 5h TRO00004 Show 15 w rows per page 4 Displaying page 1 Sof 2 gt The test run list screen displays all the individual test executions performed in the current project ina filterable sortable grid The grid displays the test run number together with fields such as execution status name assigned tester execution date test set specified release etc The choice of columns displayed is configurable per user per project giving extensive flexibility when it comes to viewing and searching test runs In addition you can view a more detailed description of the test run by positioning the mouse pointer over the test run name hyperlink and waiting for the popup tooltip to appear If you click on the test run hyperlink you will be taken to the
152. ations that are contained within the Release Clicking on one of the releases will drill you down one level further and display the task progress for the parent release as well as each of the child iterations separately Release Task Progress View Details Release Iteration Tasks A Task Progress E 1 0 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 1 0 0 0 0002 Iteration 002 EJ 1 0 0 0 0003 Iteration 003 3 4 12 Late Finishing Tasks This section displays the list of any project tasks that have not yet been completed but whose scheduled end date has already elapsed A graphical progress bar is included with each task in the grid so that you can easily see which tasks are nearest completion 3 4 13 Late Starting Tasks This section displays the list of any project tasks that have not yet started but whose scheduled start date has already elapsed Late Starting Tasks View All Owner Priority Start Date Fred Bloggs 10 Mar 2004 Joe P Smith 6 Mar 2004 Joe P Smith b Mar 2004 Joe P Smith 6b Mar 2004 Refactor author screen to include delete Fred Bloggs 86 Mar 2004 Each task is listed along with its owner priority and due date so that you quickly ascertain how many days late it will be starting how important it is to the project and who needs to be contacted to get more information 3 4 14 Requirements Regression Coverage This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of requirements test coverage for th
153. atures of SpiraTeam including an overview of each of the report types that are available When you click on the Reports tab on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the reports home page illustrated below st Internal Projects gt Library Information System aa Testing cking Reporting Bloggs Reporti Library Information System Reports Center Add ltams Saved Reports wx v Incident Date Range Graphs x None Available Graph Name incident Progress Rate y Fiter an v Date Range 111 1215 Incident Progress Rate v Create Report x Requirement Reports gt Requirements Summary gt Requirements Detailed gt Requirements Plan gt Requirements Traceability Test Case Reports k g gt Test Case Summary hov 1 03 tiov 8 03 How ts 1 08 03 gt Display Data Grid Reset Zoom Save As JPEG BMP PNG gt Test Case Detailed gt Test Set Summary gt Test Set Detailed v Testing Date Range Graphs x gt Printable Test Scripts Graph Name Test Run Progress Rate w Filter as Reteases 7 Date Range vuu 1285 E gt Test Run Summary Test Run Progress Rate gt Test Run Detaitad g B fated E Passed gt Test Case Traceability Incident Reports gt Incident Summary gt Incident Detailed Task Reports gt Task Summary gt Task Detailed iov OF tov 15 03 bov OF 03 n gt Display Data Gr
154. b link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the test run To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the documeni s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 5 6 6 Incidents This tab displays
155. being logged during a test run or directly linked after the fact Incidents Attachments History Display List of Incidents gt Refresh Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns y gt Add Association Displaying 1 1 out of 1 incident s linked to this test step Status AY Priority AV Detected By AY Owner AY ClosedOn AV Operating System AY Progress IDAY Edit Jem Jew Jew J ew JO a y m Gea g Cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assigned 1 Critical Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Windows 8 a IN000007 F Edit Show 15 W rows per page 1 Displaying page m e of 1 gt bi Each incident is listed together with the type status priority name owner detector detection date and a link to the actual incident details You can customize the fields that are displayed using the Show Hide Columns option In addition you can perform the following operations gt Refresh updates the list of incidents from the server useful if other people are adding incidents to this release at the same time Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of incidents gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all incidents associated with the current release are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the incident allows you to edit the incident inline directly on this screen To create a new association between
156. ber 10 2003 7 00 00 PM OK will make sure that we do Fred Bloggs Sunday November 09 2003 7 00 00 PM We need to add a better definition of the pre conditions and post conditions To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button Font v BiuU z222 E pA Legno A A Existing comments are displayed by date either newest first or oldest first above the text box To add a comment to the Test Case enter your text into the textbox then click the Save icon to save 5 2 5 Requirements Coverage This tab displays the name of the test case together with the requirements coverage information for the test case in question Overview Req Coverage Tesi Runs Incidents Attachments Available Requirements Requirements Coverage 000004 Abili to add new books to th Completed The requirements coverage box indicates the requirements that are currently mapped against the test case To add requirements to this test case choose from the list above and click Add You can use the Remove and Remove All buttons to remove requirements that are no longer covered by the test case The pane consists of two lists of requirements the one on the left being the complete hierarchical list of requirements in the project The right box which will initially be empty contains the list of requirements mapped to this test case The requirements in this box include columns for their ID name and status Hovering t
157. between the previous two values The effort is shown for tasks and incidents as well as a total of the two together You can display the workload for the project as a whole SE Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searc Planning y Testing Tracking Reporting 2 System Administrator v Resources Refresh Y Filter v Displaying 1 2 out of 2 resources in the current project group Display data for Library Information System SY Resource Name AY RoleAY Allocation Available Effort AY Task Effort AY Incident Effort AY Total Effort AY Remaining Effot AY IDAY D C C fs es us amp Fred Bloggs Manager 48 0h 55h 53 5h 0 0h Us000002 amp Joe Smith Observer 34 0h 3 7h 37 Th 0 0h US000003 Show 15 W rows per page M lt Displaying page G a of 1 gt gt For a specific release including all child iterations Ss Internal Projects y gt Library information System v Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting a Fred Bloggs Resources Refresh Y Filter v Displaying 1 12 out of 12 resources in the current project group Display data for 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 ai 4w Any Tian ee w e Bf k 2 amp te ny E Cribbins Incident User 80 0h uso00013 Developer 80 0h US000011 p ona W Harkne Tester 80 0h usoo0006 Fre sd Bloggs Manager 26 0h uso00002 amp Henry J Cooper Tester 80 0h US000012 F amp J
158. ble Utilized 72 0h 58 0h 72 0h 28 0h RQ 17 2 ROT Ability to link authors to their contact Ability to associate books with different in i subjects Ability to associate authors with subjects RQ 18 You can click on the expand collapse icons to hide any resources that are not relevant The system will display a progress bar for each resource to illustrate the allocation for that resource Any resource that has a progress bar that is completely green has been fully scheduled and should not have any additional items assigned If the progress bar for that resource turns red it means that they have been over scheduled and you need to reassign some of the items Above the resource headings there is a section with the release name that contains backlog items that are scheduled for the current release but have not yet been assigned to a resource You can drag and drop the backlog items between resources or to from the release backlog Any backlog items not assigned to a resource and release will be listed in the Unassigned Items section at the top 13 4 Iteration Backlog Planning The iteration backlog view is designed to let you view the backlog items that have been assigned to the selected iteration sprint You can always see the items not currently assigned to any release or iteration by expanding the Unassigned Items section and then drag those items into the current release
159. ble to specify the text that should be used to replace certain tokens in the test case In addition these parameters may be used by certain test automation engines In addition to being able to specify the parameter values when linking the test cases as test steps of a parent test case you can also specify the parameter values from the Test Set To view edit the parameter values being set by the test case you should either select the checkbox of a test set and click Edit Parameters at the top of the section or right click on the test case and choose Edit Parameters Test Case Name Edit Test Case Parameters Please fill out the parameters for this test case entry browserName safai tt tsi i sSSsisY password unknown O O url lwwwxcom o S Autho ager 15 rows per page je the order of the test cases please click on the te gt Update Cancel You can then specify the values of the parameters that the test set will pass to the test case Once you have entered modified the values click Update to commit the changes 5 8 4 Test Runs This tab displays the list of all the test runs executed against the test set Each test run is listed together with the date of execution the name of the test case the name of the tester the release version of the system that the test was executed against the overall execution status for the test case in that run anda link to the actual test run details See section 5
160. board will display the tasks associated with the requirements as part of each story card Each task will be displayed with its ID and a miniature progress bar RQ 12 Ability to create different editions This was requested to allow the disposal via chanty of legacy editions to ensure out of date material is removed Test Cases When the Test Cases option is selected the planning board will display the test cases associated with the requirements as part of each story card Each test case will be displayed with its ID and a miniature test coverage bar chart H RQ 15 Regardless of the view the backlog items can be moved using drag and drop between the different parts of the planning board To drag and drop multiple items you should first select the items so that they have the red glow effect and then you can drag and drop the entire selection RQ23 Pg ra Ability to completely backup the Ability to create new users in the database system Add Requirement Name Description _ Font Status gt Requested Author O Type Release Importance Component Owner Estimate C points hours URL Classification Notes p Legno A Review Date Decimal On this screen you can enter the fields for a new requirement click Add Requirement and the requirement will be added to the appropriate section of the planning board Planning 1 0 0 0 0003 iteration 003 _ D
161. book is clunky 2 Quote handling issues throughout The homepage hangs whilst loading Sup sort for IAM DB2 x integration of security wah NTLM PKI Enhancement Enhancement Issue Training Limitation Limitation Limitation Change Request Risk Bug Bug Bug Enhancement Enhancement Enhancement Re CN Seiect Project Duplicate Closed Open Assigned Resolved Not Reproducible Open Assigned Resolved Export items Du Please select the project you want to export to d As Select Project Og Sample Application One As Sampie Application Two Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 2 Dec 2003 93 Dec 2003 ipaAy Edi t NO Ce INDG0025 gt Edit IN000029 gt Edit IN000035 Edit INOO0040 gt Edit iN000045 gt Edit INdd0046 gt Edit INDOOOSO Edi IND00055 iINcOO0SS gt Edit iNocooos gt Edit INDO0016 Edit IND00019 EdE IN000022 SEJE IN000026 EE Show 1s w rows per page 4 4 Displaying page 2 of 4 gt pi Once you have chosen the destination project and clicked the lt Export gt button the incidents will be exported from the current project to the destination project Any file attachments will
162. bottom part of the right pane displays different information associated with the automation host The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the host list as well as a list of the peer automation hosts to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the peer hosts by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the host list page The navigation list can be switched between two different modes e The list of hosts matching the current filter e The list of all hosts irrespective of the current filter The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular automation host You can edit the various fields name description token etc and custom properties Once you are satisfied with the changes simply click either the lt Save gt or lt Save and News gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes In addition you can delete the current artifact by choosing lt Delete gt or discard any changes made by clicking lt Refresh gt 5 10 1 Test Runs This view displays the list of all the test runs executed against the automation host Each test run is listed together with the date of execution the name of the test case the name of the tester the release version of the system that the test was executed against the name of the test set if applicable the overall execution status for the test case in that
163. box Finally as a shortcut you can click the Create Test Case from This Requirement link to create a new test case in the list of covered test cases that will be automatically linked to this requirement This is useful when you have created a new requirement and want to generate an initial covering test to be fleshed out later 4 2 5 Tasks In this mode the right pane displays the list of project tasks that need to be completed for the requirement to be satisfied Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments History Associations gt New Task Remove Refresh ly Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns y gt Est Effort 16 00 Projected Effort 0 00 Displaying 1 3 out of 43 task s CS Tk it Z Develop new book entry screen ss Completed Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0001 TKO00001 A Create book object insert method Completed Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0001 TKO00002 Write book object insert queries Completed Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0001 TKO00003 Show 15 rows per page ld lt Displaying page a a of 1 gt i Each of the tasks is displayed together with its name description by hovering the mouse over the name progress priority start date current owner estimated effort projected effort and numeric task identifier Clicking on the task name will bring up the Task Details page which is described in more detail in section 8 2 This allows you to edit the details of an existing task
164. by the release iteration that the test run was executed against and also change the date range If you choose a smaller date range the x axis will switch from weekly to daily and if you choose a larger date range the x axis will switch to monthly Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 9 2 Incident Progress Rate Graph The incident progress rate chart displays the total number of incidents created and closed over a particular date range either for all incident types or for a specific incident type Incident Progress Rate Sep 1 03 gt Display Data Grd Reset Zoom Save As JPEG BMP PN In this version of the report the y axis represents the number of incidents either created or closed in a 24 hour period and the x axis represents a specific day in the time span Each data point can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the point and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value You can filter the report by the type of incident and also change the date range e g displaying only the bugs for the date range If you choose a smaller date range the x axis will switch from
165. c 2003 3 Nov 2003 2 Dec 2003 6 Dec 2003 24 Nov 2003 3 Dec 2003 Assigned Assigned Assigned Assigned Assigned Assigned Assigned Assigned 0 3 0 7 0 5 0 4 0 7 0 5 0 5 0 4 0 8 0 5 0 4 0 7 0 5 0 5 1 5 1 Critical M Critical 2 High O E o es 2 High E 3 Medium WE 3 Medium 2H 0 O O ee ee oe ee a Sample Risk 3 IN 000061 9 Dec 2003 9 1 3 Test Cases This tab displays the list of test cases that are assigned to the current resource Regs amp Tasks 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 TC 000002 TC 000003 a Ability to create new book oe Ability to edit existing book 9 1 4 Test Sets This tab displays the list of test sets that are assigned to the current resource Reqs amp Tasks Incidents Test Cases Test Sets Actions Testing New Functionality TX 000005 In Progress 9 Feb 2007 27 Dec 2012 0 3h 0 1h amp Exploratory Testing TX 000006 Deferred 0 0h 0 0h Regression Testing for Windows 8 TX 000003 Completed F 0 3h 0 0h 9 1 5 Actions This tab displays the list of recent actions make by the user in the project It lets you quickly see all the changes they have made Regs amp Tasks Incidents Displaying 1 15 out of 25 items Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Change Date AV Project AY Artifact Type AV Artifact Name AY AntifactiDAY Change Type AV D C _ PR 1 EEEE 28 Dec 2012 Information System Task
166. can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 7 1 10 Copying Releases Iterations To copy a release iteration or set of releases iterations simply select the check boxes of the release iteration you want to copy and then select the Edit gt Copy menu option This will copy the current release iteration selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the releases iterations to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The releases iterations will now be copied into the destination location you specified The name of the copied releases iterations will be prefixed with Copy of to distinguish them from the originals Note that copied releases iterations will also include the test mapping information from the originals 7 1 11 Moving Releases Iterations To move a release iteration in the hierarchy there are two options 1 Click on the icon the release iteration you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The border between the destination releases iterations will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted S Internal Projects gt Library Information System search QJ Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs ra Releases dhinserty 3 Delete indent lt Qutdent ShowLevei Y E Refresh hEdit e i Tools v Showtse columns Displaying 13 out of
167. cbeth William Shakespeare Play Tragedy TR18 TR15 TR13 Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith TR2 TR1 Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 Requirements Coverage Req Name RQ4 Ability to add new books to the system Open Incidents Release Iteration 003 Iteration 002 iteration 001 Library System Release 1 Library System Release 1 SP1 Library System Release 1 11 3 3 Test Set Summary Report This report displays all of the test sets defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test set list The test set s details and execution status are displayed in a summary list form Version 1 1 0 0 0003 1 1 0 0 0002 1 1 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 1 0 10 1 0 0 0 Status Est Duration 2 mins 2 mins 2 mins 10 mins 10 mins 10 mins Completed Actual Duration 70 mins 70 mins 70 mins 70 mins 90 mins 75 mins Execution Date 04 Dec 2003 03 Dec 2003 02 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 Priority 1 Critical Test Set Summary Report This report displays all of the test sets defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test set list The test set s details and execution status are displayed in a summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Test Set Name Description S
168. ce whereas clicking lt Update gt will simply commit the current row only 5 2 2 2 Insert Link Clicking on the lt Insert Link gt button brings up the following dialog box that allows you to choose the test case to be inserted Add Linked Test Case Choose the test case to add as a link in the test step list E Functional Tests E Regression Tests Scenario Tests E E Common Tests Q 2 Open Up Web Browser O EJ Login to Application Flease fill out the parameters for this linked test case gt Add Cancel You need to then select the name of the test case you want to insert as a link If the test case has declared parameters see the section on Parameters below for more details you will be given a list of parameters that needed to be filled out You need to fill out the values of the parameters for the linked test case and then click the lt Add gt button to complete the operation The system will then insert the test case as a link just before the currently selected test step If no existing test step was selected the link will be added at the end of the test step list 5 2 2 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes the currently selected test steps and reorders the test step position numbers to close any gaps in numbering 5 2 2 4 Copy Clicking on the lt Copy gt button makes a copy of the current test step or linked test case and inserts the copied version directly above the original one
169. ce Code File List When you click on the Tracking gt Source Code link on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the source code repository file list screen illustrated below A Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searc Planning Testing Tracking Reporting E Administrator Source Code Repository Browser Refresh Refresh Y Eilter y Current Branch p Master v aS amp Design amp Business Design Technical Design a amp Development amp Test E Documentation amp End User amp Presentations Displaying 1 15 out of 0 file s in the current folder Business Design Filename A size ithor A Latest Revision 4 ast Edited 4 H S JN E Document Filename 28 asp 3309 KB Administrator rev0012 10 Sep 2014 W Document Filename 29 doc 2036 KB John Adams rev0001 10 Sep 2014 Document Filename 30 vb 3782 KB John Adams revO002 10 Sep 2014 129 KB Administrator rev0013 10 Sep 2014 El Document Filename 31 xml T pocumeet Faename 32 2 3813 KB John Adams revO001 10 Sep 2014 Document Filename 33 py 3674 KB John Adams revO004 10 Sep 2014 wh netii Finnie 38 doe 3373 KB Administrator rev0012 10 Sep 2014 2991 KB John Adams rev0015 10 Sep 2014 Mi Decement Filename 36 optx 1780 KB Administrator rev0008 10 Sep 2014 Vicxvencnt Fileaaned 37 ch 3642 KB John Adams revO008 10 Sep 2014 Document Filename 38 vb 3477 KB John Adams revO005 10 Sep 2
170. ch a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the requirement To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box Add Existing Document Add Existing Document Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Documents Source Code Documents Source Code ee Book 2 Expected Result Screensh H amp Design H Document Filenamet doc 2 Misc Documents E E Web Page capture htm Development amp Screen Captures z z Ga Tes 3 Documentati
171. ch test case and uses the last run status as the best health indicator Thus if a test case that previously passed has subsequently failed upon re execution it will be considered a failure only If you position the mouse pointer over any of the five bars the color of the bar changes slightly and the underlying raw data is displayed as a tooltip together with the percentage equivalent Clicking on any of the bars will bring up the project test case list See section 5 1 with the appropriate filter applied In addition to the bar chart there is also a display of the total number of test runs recorded for the project and a list of the five most recent days of recorded test runs together with the daily count 3 4 11 Release Task Progress This widget allows you to quickly ascertain the task progress of each of the active releases that make up the current project in one snapshot Each release is displayed together with a graphical display that illustrates the completion percentage and status with different colored bars In addition if you hover the mouse over the graphical display it will display a tooltip that provides a more detailed description of the number of tasks in each status Release Task Progress View Details Release Iteration Tasks Est Task Progress No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks Each release will display the aggregate progress of any tasks directly assigned to itself together with the task progress of any child iter
172. chad identified Joe P 30 Mar 0 Running 176 hours 0 eee we a Smith 05 May 2004 N 2004 Late mins 0 Starting wuinerabilty f Not 11 6 2 Release Detailed Report This report displays all of the releases and iterations defined for the current project in the order they appear in the release iteration hierarchy The release s details are displayed along with sub tables containing the list of requirements added mapped test cases test runs executed incidents resolved attached documents scheduled tasks and the change history 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 This version adds additional reporting functionality to the 1 0 version Version 1 1 0 0 Active Y Creator Fred Bloggs Creation Date 15 Oct 2004 Start Date 15 Oct 2004 Planned Effort 168 hours 0 mins End Date 27 Oct 2004 Available Effort 82 hours 0 mins Resources 3 Task Est Effort 86 hours 0 mins Non Working Days 6 Actual Effort 85 hours 40 mins Notes Operating System Requirements Added Req Name Status Priority RQ1 Functional System Requirements In Progress RQ2 Online Library Management System In Progress RQ3 Book Management Completed Critical RQ7 Ability to associate books with different subjects Completed Critical RQ8 Ability to associate books with diferent authors Completed Critical RQ9 Ability to associate books with different editions Completed Critical RQ13 Author Management In Progress High RQ17 Ability to link authors to the
173. checkbox choosing the destination location left side vs right side and then click the Add button The additional widgets available in the Project Group Home dashboard are gt Top Open Issues gt Top Open Risks Each of the different widgets listed is described in more detail below 3 5 1 Group Overview This section displays the name of the project group together with a brief description the web site that points to any additional information about the project group and the names of the owners of the project group 3 5 2 Project List This section lists all the active projects that make up the group together with the name description project group and date of creation To view the description of the project simply position the mouse pointer over the link and a tooltip window will popup containing the description 3 5 3 Requirements Coverage This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of requirements test coverage for the entire project group The Passed Failed Blocked Caution and Not Run bars indicate the total count of requirements that have tests covering them allocated across the execution status of the covering tests Under the main bar graph is displayed a table containing each project in the group and a colored bar illustrating the specific requirements coverage distribution for that project That way you can see both the aggregate coverage and also the relative coverage for the proj
174. clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in Spiraleam with the test step To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box Add Existing Document Add Existing Document Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Documents Source Code Documents Source Code y FRATER Book P Expected Result Screensh a Design 4 Document Filenamet doc amp Misc Documents E Web Page capture htm Development amp Screen Captures z Test 3 Documentation 2 Document Filename10_ppt s Document Filename11 htm 2 Date Editing Screenshot jp m amp Specifications 4 Test Results i a Error Logging in Screen shi 16 Training J Test Scripts my a i Win pact Cineam ts rm a Docume
175. cted release This is useful in determining if there are open incidents associated with a release that need to be dealt with gt Resolved in this Release This will display a list of all the incidents that have been reportedly resolved in this release This is useful for double checking that all the resolved incidents for a release have indeed been fixed gt Verified in this Release This will display a list of the incidents that have been verified as being fixed in this release This is useful for generating release notes for a specific release indicating what changes and enhancements have been made in the release Regardless of the mode each incident is listed together with the type status priority name owner detector detection date and a link to the actual incident details see section 6 2 Overview Incidents Regs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History Display List of Incidents Detected in This Release y gt Refresh Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns i adan 1 3 out of 3 incident s in this eee ie p CE CCE CCE SCE aca nN a Cannot log into the application Incident Fred Bloggs IN000001 Not able to add new author Incident New Joe P Smith IN000002 cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assigned 1 Critical Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Windows 8 a IN000007 Show 15 w rows per page 1 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt
176. current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the test case To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box Add Existing Document Add Existing Document Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Choose the location of existing document that you d like to add Documents Source Code J Documents Source Code EditExistingBook ae Expected Result Screensh w Design 1 Document Filename1 doc H G Misc Documents A amp Screen Captures 5 Web Page capture htm J amp Development a Document Filename10_ppb E Gi Test Documentation amp Training a i a e i m Specifications Date Editing Screenshot jp Document Filename1t htm Test Results a a Error Lo
177. d to In Progress gt When all the tasks under the requirement are completed the parent requirement will switch to the Completed status gt If you manually move a requirement that has no associated tasks from Planned to In Progress the system will automatically generate one task under the requirement and use the requirements planned effort field to generate the task s estimated effort 4 2 6 Attachments In this mode the main pane displays the list of documents screenshots or web links URLs that have been attached to the requirement The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain Known types Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments History Associations gt Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh A Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 4 out of 4 attachment s Iaw Y Maw YI m av vj c Functional Specification KB Joe P Smith 29 May 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000001 a Book Management Functional Spec doc B Graphical Design Mockups psd Screen Layout 1009 KB Joe P Smith 30 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000013 E http www inflectra com Functional Specification 0 KB Fred Bloggs 30 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000015 T Book Man agement Screen Wireframe ai Screen Layout 392 KB Fred Bloggs 31 Mar 2006 Joe P Smith DC000011 Show 15 rows per page Displaying page a of 1 The at
178. d Bloggs Delete Sample Risk 2 9 Dec 2003 Sample Ris Dec Z High Priority Late Tasks Fred Bloggs Delete Sample Risk 3 Frad Bloggs 9 Dec 2003 p Dec New Unassigned Incidents Fred Bloggs Delete Not Executed Test Sets Fred Bloggs Delete N i D Fe i e Test Execution Status View Details 5 Total Runs 21 Requirements Summary View Details eaten ea aily Run Count Status 1 Critical 2 High 3 Medium 4 Low None TOTAL gt 1 30 2014 2 Requested 4 2 6 gt 12 4 2003 3 gt 12 3 2003 3 ETES 3 3 6 gt 12 2 2003 2 In Progress 2 2 2 6 gt 12 1 2003 11 Developed i 1 8 Tested 1 1 Failed FP d Not Ri Blocked Caution Completed 2 i 5 8 aile asse ot Run e a TOTAL 12 6 8 2 7 35 Release Test Summary View Details Re qu irements Coverage View Details Release Iteration Tests Execution Status 18 B1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 Z E B 1 0 1 0 Library System Release 1 SP1 Z _ 1 020 Library System Release 1 SP2 Z xt B1100 Library System Release 1 1 3 x 1 1 1 0 Library System Release 1 1 SP1 7 Ss 0 1 2 00 Library System Release 2005 I Passed Failed Blocked Caution Not Run Not Covered Incident Summary View Details Release Task Progress View Details Displaying for Incident Type ai ___ Release Iteration Tasks Est Proj Task Progress i en k None TOTAL tatus Critica Hig ium Low one B1000 Library System Release 1 18 94 0h 95 3h EZ Assigned 4 5 5 7 16 1 0
179. d Bloggs Fred Bloggs INDD0012 Edit E The homepage hangs whist loadin Not Reproducible Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs in0000 16 a 8 The baok Esting screen docir satt Open Joe P Smith Windows Server 2003 INGO0006 Edaina the date on an author is chunky Assigned Joe P Smith Joe P Smith in000009 Dh Thee tabies nat cistoff on low res inis Closed T Joe P Smath Joe P Smith 19 Nov 2003 000013 ESE T Doesn t let me edd a new calygory Resolved Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs IN000010 E pe TMSSIONS NOL Wodeling whan chenge Closed a Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs 20 Nov 2003 IND0GO14 Edit Show 15 rows per page a Displaying page 1 Soft If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change five incidents from Resolved status to Closed you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to
180. d Bloggs to Your Dashboard Return to Normal View Add Items Display data for All Projects Current Project v My Projects x v Quick Launch Project Name Group Creation Date gt Create Incident in Library Information System Ate Library Information System Internal Projects 30 Nov 2005 Sample Application One Internal Projects 30 Nov 2005 Sample Application Two External Projects 30 Nov 2005 v My Contacts Name Department Online Operations Fred Bloggs QA gt Send Message Remove Fred Bloggs gt Send Message Remove x v My Saved Searches Name Project Y My Assigned Incidents x Name Project Date Opened Critical Not Covered Requirements Library Information System gt Delete amp Failed Active Test Cases Library Information System gt Delete R All Reopened Incidents Library Information System gt Delete B Ability to associate multiple authors Library Information Enhancement 16 Nov 2003 W New Unassigned Incidents Library Information System gt Delete R Test System Limitation Library Information Limitation 3 Dec 2003 High Priority Late Tasks Library Information System gt Delete B Test Training Item Library Information Training 2 Dec 2003 Editing the date on a book is clunky Library Information Bug 3 Nov 2003 R Test Training Item Library Information Training 2 Dec 2003 Not Executed Test Sets Library Information System gt Delete Y My Assigned Requirement
181. d to create the test steps Clicking on the lt Insert Step gt button inserts a new step before the currently selected by means of the check box step Clicking the lt Insert Step gt button without selecting an existing step will insert a new step at the end of the list When a new step is inserted the fields are displayed in Edit mode so the description field is editable allowing you to enter the data gt Insert Step Delete Copy Refresh O Step Description ID 2 Step 1 User logs into the system RS 000001 Step 2 B Z uU e oA User chooses option to create new book 2 Step 3 User enters books name and author RS 000003 S Step 4 User chooses book s genre and sub genre from list RS 000004 S Step 5 User commits the changes and the new book is added to the system RS 000005 To move the steps in the list click on the icon the step you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The border of the destination location will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted 4 2 4 Test Coverage In this mode the right pane contains the test coverage information for the requirement in question Overview Test Coverage Attachments History Associations Available Test Cases Test Coverage amp Functional Tests TC000002 44 Ability to create new book amp Regression Tests Tc000008 Book management Common Tests
182. d you want to have the outcome permanently recorded as part of the audit trail Otherwise instant messages will be automatically purged from the system after 90 days 3 4 Project Home When you click on either the Project Home tab or the name of the project in the My Page project list you will be taken to the homepage of the specific project in question z Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Fred Bloggs Project Home gt Library Information System Library Information System PRO00001 Modify Layout Settings Add Items Display data for All Releases M Project Overview Top Open Issues View All math application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch Description Priority Owned By Date Opened Cannot install system on Windows ME 30 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith 30 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith 30 Nov 2003 Group Internal Projects lt Web Site www libraryinformationsystem org Ability to be accessed by Mozilla Owner s System Administrator Management of children s loans System may require process changes 30 Nov 2003 Shared Searches arse re ad Top Open Risks view Ail R All Reopened Incidents Fred Bloggs Delete Deaciiadin Priority EAE A Diki Opened Critical Not Covered Requirements Fred Bloggs Delete Sanble Risk 1 39 Dec 2003 p Dec Failed Active Test Cases Fre
183. dashboard are gt Requirements Regression Coverage Test Set Status Incident Aging Incident Test Coverage Tag Cloud Recent Builds gt Late Starting Tasks Each of the different widgets listed is described in more detail below VV VV V V 3 4 1 Project Overview This section displays the name of the project together with a brief description the web site that points to any additional information about the project and the names of the owners of the project 3 4 2 Shared Searches This section lists any filters searches have been saved from the various artifact list screens throughout the application and marked as shared filters This allows users to store specific combinations of searches that the project team needs to perform on a regular basis e g display all newly logged incidents display all requirements that are completed but have no test coverage The name of the saved search is displayed along with an icon that depicts which artifact it s for and the person who created it Clicking on the name of the saved search will take you to the appropriate screen in the project and set the search parameters accordingly If you are the creator of the saved search clicking the Delete link next to the saved search will delete it Clicking on the orange RSS icon will allow you to subscribe to the specific search so that it will be displayed in your RSS newsreader This allows you to setup customized lists of information that can be disp
184. dd Items My Projects Project Name Display data for All Projects Current Project Quick Launch gt Create Incident in Library Information System V9 Creation Date 30 Nov 2005 30 Nov 2005 My Contacts 30 Nov 2005 hai Group Library Information System Internal Projects Sample Application One Internal Projects Sample Application Two External Projects Department Joe P Smith QA Online Operations gt Send Message Remove My Saved Searches Name Project System Administrator gt Send Message Remove Critical Not Covered Requirements Library Information System Failed Active Test Cases gt Delete My Assigned Incidents Library Information System _ Project gt Delete Date Opened R All Reopened Incidents H New Unassigned Incidents High Priority Late Tasks Not Executed Test Sets Library Information System Library Information System Library Information System Library Information System gt Delete gt Delete gt Delete gt Delete W Ability to associate multiple authors R Test System Limitation 2 Test Training Item Library Information Library Information Library Information Enhancement Limitation Training 16 Nov 2003 3 Dec 2003 2 Dec 2003 W Editing the date on a book is clunky W Test Training Item R Test Change Request W Ability to import data from excel R Test System Limitation R Sample R
185. development tasks to you that need to be completed so that a release can be completed and or a requirement can be fulfilled The tasks are listed in ascending date order so that the items with the oldest due dates are displayed first In addition each task is displayed with a progress indicator that graphically illustrates its completion against schedule See section 8 task management for details of the different progress indicators Clicking on the task name hyperlink will take you to the task details page This page will describe the task in more detail illustrate which requirement and release it is associated with and also allow you to view the change log of actions that have been performed on it 3 2 8 My Assigned Incidents This section lists all the open incidents you are the owner of across all the different projects you are a member of This typically means that the project manager has assigned you to be responsible for resolving the incident In the case of a bug this can mean actually fixing the problem whereas for other incident types e g training item it may mean simply documenting a workaround In either event this section highlights the open incidents you need to manage ranked by importance priority and categorized by type with the open date displayed to give you a sense of the age of the incident Clicking on the incident name hyperlink takes you to the incident details page see section 6 2 that describes the incident i
186. differs then click the appropriate button Attachments gt Add New Displaying 1 O out of O attachment s Document Name Y Type Y Edited On AV Author Y Show 15 7 rows per page i lt 4 Displaying page a fs of O gt gt lf the actual results differ from those expected you need to enter a description of the result observed and click the lt Fail gt lt Blocked gt or lt Caution gt button this is illustrated in the screen shot below SpiraTeam gt Test Case Execution Test Run Navigation A Blocked Caution t Fail Pause Finish Testing New Functionality TX5 Ability to create new author _ Ability to reassign book to d R Person loses book and need E step 1 TC16 Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below E step 2 Tc17 User opens up browser and enters application URL C step 3 TC12 http www libraryinformationsystem com beta E step 4 TC12 E amp step 5 TC12 i _ Adding new book and autho Person loses book and needs to report loss TC000012 Expected Result The browser loads the login web page Sample Data http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it differs then click the appropriate button Does not work as expected received a 404 page not found error Attachments gt Add New Displaying 1 O out of O attachment s Docum
187. dy displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names The displayed columns can be any standard field or custom property You can also filter the results by choosing items from the filter options displayed in the sub header row of each field and clicking the Apply Filter link In addition you can quickly sort the list by clicking on one of the directional arrow icons displayed in the header row of the appropriate field 7 2 8 Attachments In this mode the lower section of the screen displays the list of documents that have been attached to the release The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Overview Incidents Regs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History gt Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 3 out of 3 attachment s Of 3 Sd Dbc FA Sequence Diaaram for Book Mat pdf UML Diagram 35 KB Joe P Smith 9 May 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000007 T Graphical Desian Mockups psd Screen Layout 1009 KB Joe P Smith 30 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000013 UML Diagram 43 KB Fred Bloggs 22 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000012 E Use Case Diagram vsd Show 15 v rows per page 4 1 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt Pi The attac
188. e fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 5 1 7 Show Level Choosing an indent level from the Show Level drop down box allows you to quickly and easily view the entire test case list at a specific indent level For example you may want to see all test cases drilled down to the third level of detail To do this you would simply choose Level 3 from the list and the test cases will be expanded accordingly 5 1 8 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test case list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a m
189. e Incident Incident Incident Us Ability to create new book Library System Release 1 Ability to create new book 2 Cannot add a new book to the system 2 The book listing screen doesn t sort x The book listing screen doesn t sort TS 000003 RL 000001 TC 000002 IN 000007 IN 000006 IN 000006 Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified M lt Displaying page a Sof 1 gt h Show 15 v rows per page You can search and filter the grid to find changes by project change date range artifact type and type of change added deleted or modified 3 7 My Timecard When you click on My Page gt My Timecard the system will display a timecard that allows you to enter the effort worked on incidents and tasks currently assigned to you across all your projects My Timecard Fred Bloggs The following open artifacts are currently assigned to you Please enter the hours worked and hours remaining in the appropriate effort entry boxes below My Assigned Tasks A TK21 Develop new edition entry screen 11 Mar 2004 Library Information System 7 0 hours A TK22 Create edition object insert method 10 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 Library Information System 3 3 hours hours wil Ni N j N wj Nj N ol o a w in G TK23 Write edition object insert queries 10 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 Library Information System hours QTK27 Refactor author screen to include delete button 8 Mar 2
190. e Code Documents Source Code y eee Book e 9 Expected Result Screensh a amp Design Document Filenamet doc Misc Documents E Web Page capture htm Development amp Screen Captures z z Tet F Date Editing Screenshot jp JF 3 Documentation 2 Document Filename10 ppb s e Specifications Pins Document Filename11 htm 3 Test Results 2 Eror Logging in Screen shi Training 4 Test Scripts o PO ascent itn nnn AA Ba Document Filename2 xls gt Add Cancel Comment This is a related document You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the document s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 5 8 6 Incidents This tab displays the list of incidents associated with the current test set The incidents will either have been created during an execution of a test case in the test set and are thereby linked to one of the test runs or manually linked to one of the test steps in a test case in the set Overview Test Runs Attachments Incidents History Display List of Incidents gt Refresh A Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns v Displaying 1 2 out of 2 incident s link
191. e Test Set This will then create new test set containing the test cases that are already mapped to the selected requirement s 4 1 15 Printing Items To quickly print a single requirement or list of requirements you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 4 1 16 Focus On Branch Sometimes you will a list of filtered requirements displayed and you would like to view all of the items that in the same branch of the requirements tree even those that don t match the current filter To view the branch select the checkbox of the branch and then click Tools gt Focus on and the system will clear the current filters and then expand just the selected branch 4 1 17 Right Click Context Menu Spiraleam provides a shortcut called the context menu for accessing some of the most commonly used functions so that you don t need to move your mouse up to the toolbar each time To access the context menu right click on any of the rows in the requirements list and the following menu will be displayed Ability to add new books to the system Ss Completed 1 0 0 0 0001 Moderate a Ability to edit existing books in the system Open Item Completed 1 0 0 0 0001 Open in New Tab Oo Ability to delete existing books in the system _ S Open in New Tab _ Completed 1 0 0 0 0002 OQ Ability to associate books with different
192. e an existing attachment from a task simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document or web link to the task you need to click on the Add New hyperlink to open the Add Attachment dialog box There are three different types of item that can be attached to a task gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g htip mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or t
193. e are adding requirements and or tasks to this release iteration at the same time gt Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of requirements and all their associated tasks it does not filter the tasks themselves gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all requirements associated with the current release iteration are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the requirement or task allows you to edit the item inline directly on this screen Only columns visible will be editable gt Show Level Allows you to quickly expand collapse all the requirements in the list 7 2 6 Test Case Mapping This mode displays the test case mapping information for the release in question To Incidents Reqs amp Tasks Test Cases Sets Available Test Cases Test Coverage F amp G amp Functional Tests TCo00002 ili O aA Regression Tests TC000003 O aA Scenario Tests TC000004 A amp amp Common Tests Remove TCoo0005 TCO00006 TCOOOO0S TC000009 Create Test Set From This Release 4 The test coverage box indicates the test cases that are currently mapped against the release To add test cases to this release choose from the list above and click Add You can use the Remove and Remove All buttons to remove tests that no longer cover the release The pane consists of two lists of test cases the one on the left being the hierarchical list of the
194. e person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged inas a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 6 Incident Tracking This section outlines how the incident defect tracking features of SpiraTeam can be used to manage key project artifacts during the software development lifecycle In addition to managing the defects raised during the execution of test cases in the test management module the Incident Tracker is also a powerful risk issue bug tracking system in its own right When coupled with the project dashboard see section 3 4 it is a powerful tool for representing all the key risks and issues associated with a project in a single graphical format Unlike a standalone bug issue tracking tool however you can trace the incidents defects back to the test case and the underlying requirement that generated them giving the project manager unprecedented power in analyzing the in process quality of a system during its lifecycle This power is clearly illustrated in the Requirement Incident Count pane in the Project Home dashboard see section 3 4 4 6 1 Incident List When you click on the Tracking gt Incidents global navigation link you will initially be taken to the incidents list screen illustrated below Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search
195. e project in a similar fashion to the Requirements Coverage widget Requirements Regression Coverage 18 Failed Blocked Caution Not Run Not Covered However unlike the Requirements Coverage widget when you filter the project home by release iteration this widget will filter the requirements coverage graph to include all requirements regardless of release iteration but only considering covering test cases that are associated with the selected release iteration This is useful when you want to determine the regression requirements test coverage of a specific release i e does running all the tests relevant to this release cover all the necessary requirements not just new requirements 3 4 15 Test Set Status This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of test cases in each execution status for each test set in the project Test Set Status View Details ae Overdue Test Sets TXO00001 4 Feb 2007 TXOOO002 6 Feb 2007 TXO00005 9 Feb 2007 Passed Not Run Blocked Caution Therefore if you have the same test cases stored in multiple test sets then this widget will display the total test case count for all combinations of test set This is useful if you have the same test cases being executed in different environments represented by different test sets and you need to make sure that the tests passed successfully in all environments If you position the mouse pointer over an
196. e toolbar each time To access the context menu right click on any of the rows in the test set list and the following menu will be displayed gt Functional Test Sets Open Item 44 Feb 2007 In Prog Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 7 lF Open in New Tab 4 Feb 2007 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith In Prog Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 9 5 New Test Set 6 Feb 2007 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith Not Sta Z Testing New Functionality 4 New Folder 9 Feb 2007 30 Jan 2014 Fred Bloggs Deferre Exploratory Testing 2 Edit Roms Fred Bloggs Deferre Regression Test Sets Delete Comple Regression Testing for Windows 8 4 c gt Indent Fred Bloggs Comple Regression Testing for Windows Vista 4 Outdent Comple v rows per page H Copy Items H Cut Items 106 2014 Inflectra Corporation SpiraTeam v4 1 0 en US Ch Paste Items gt gt Execute i Print Items You can now choose any of these options as an alternative to using the icons in the toolbar 5 8 Test Set Details When you click on a test set item in the test set list described in the previous section you are taken to the test set details page illustrated below S Inhetmal Poopecis gt Library Information Sysiem arh A Planning Testing Tracking Hoeperting Tevi Seu a Tesi Ser Deals te Back to Test Set List i Copy Refresh Delte gt Execute Prime Email ty Subscribe isplay Current Film 7 E Tacina ur es ee GE Functional Tast Sets Test Set 1
197. ease id ans e Rar Ce Pred Y Y Eiter Display data for 10 10 Library System Release 1 SP1 v am Ml Any 7 TCi Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs TC000001 SB Eunctional Tests 5 E Apisty to create new book Passed Fred Bloggs sj Ability to edit existing book Not Run Fred Bloggs Abimty to create new author Joe P Smith EJA bily to edit existing author Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 4 Abily to reassign book fo different author SS Regression Tests 2 Book managamen Author management Show 5 rows per page 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith TC000002 TC000003 TC000004 TC000005 TC000006 TC000007 TC000008 TC000009 Displaying pageli Sofie As illustrated in the example above when the drop down list is changed to select a specific release the list of test cases is filtered to just those mapped to the release in question In addition the execution status for the test releases will only reflect test runs for that specific release and any child iterations if applicable As can be seen in our example many test cases that have been run for other releases now show the Not Run status since they ve not been run for this specific release As a shortcut when you select a specific release for viewing subsequent execution of any of the test
198. ection 11 1 below for details gt The right hand pane is a dashboard that contains the set of graph widgets configured by the current user By default the dashboard will display the Incident Progress Rate Test Run Progress Rate Requirement Summary Test Case Summary Incident Aging and Task Burndown In addition to the graphs displayed by default you can click on the Add Items hyperlink to add additional graphs to the reporting dashboard Add Remove Items Close Choose which items you d like to add Closed Widgets 0 Available Widgets 11 Available Widgets C incident Date Range Graphs E Testing Date Range Graphs E Requirement Summary Graph E Test Case Summary Graph E Test Run Summary Graph L Test Set Summary Graph E Task Summary Graph E Incident Summar Graph E Requirement Graphs E Incident Graphs E Task Graphs Ada to Side Bar Raa TSE Each of the graphs is described in more detail in sections 11 7 11 9 11 1 Reports Configuration The configuration page for each report differs slightly but the general format is illustrated below S y Internal Projects v gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Reporting gt Requirements Detailed Report lt lt Back to Reports Home v Requirements Detailed Report gt Requirements Summar Please choose from the various options below to specify how you would like this report to appear Y
199. ects You can configure in the widget settings whether you want to see the aggregate bar graph and or the project specific requirements coverage 3 5 4 Task Progress This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of tasks by progress category for the entire project group The On Schedule Late Finish Late Start and Not Started bars indicate the total count of tasks that are in that category for all the projects in the group Under the main bar graph is displayed a table containing each project in the group and a colored bar illustrating the specific task progress for that project using the same coloring convention as the main graph That way you can see both the aggregate task progress and also the relative progress for each project You can configure in the widget settings whether you want to see the aggregate bar graph and or the project specific task progress 3 5 5 Test Execution Status This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of test cases by execution status for the entire project group The Passed Failed Blocked Caution and Not Run bars indicate the total count of test cases that are in that category for all the projects in the group Under the main bar graph is displayed a table containing each project in the group and a colored bar illustrating the specific test case execution status for that project using the same coloring convention as the main g
200. ed e Related to this is used to specify that the two artifacts are simply related e Depends on this is used to specify that the current artifact has a dependency on the one being linked to 9 Resource Tracking This section outlines how you can use the Resource Tracking features of SpiraPlan and SpiraTeam to view the total workload for each of the project personnel resources assigned to a specific project This allows you to verify that the work is evenly distributed amongst the project members and that no individual resource is overloaded When you click on the Tracking gt Resources link on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the project resources list screen illustrated below S v Internal Projects y gt Library Information System Planning y Testing y Tracking y Reporting Bloggs 7 Resources Refresh Y Filter v Displaying 1 2 out of 2 resources in the current project group Display data for Library Information System v amp Fred Bloggs Manager l i uso00002 amp Joe Smith Observer i uUS000003 Show 15 rows per page 4 lt Displaying page Ra of 1 gt pi This screen lists all the personnel project resources that belong to the current project together with the total value of the projected effort of all the work assigned to them the available effort based on the length of the current release iteration and the remaining effort the difference
201. ed artifacts The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the source code file list as well as a list of other files in the current folder This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the detailed information of all the peer files by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the main file list page The top part of the main pane allows you to view the details of the particular file in the version control system Clicking on the File Path hyperlink will actually open the file in a separate window and depending on the type of file it may display in the page or prompt you to download it to your local computer The Latest Revision hyperlink allows you to view details of the latest revision See section 12 4 below The lower part of the main pane can be switched between the three different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Preview mode but it can be switched to Revisions or Associations as well The functionality in each of these views is described below 12 2 1 Preview This view is only available for files that are textual and it will display the contents of the file inside the tab with the text color coded to match the syntax of the programming language it is written in Preview Associations import random import unittest import spiratestextension sample PyUnit test case class TestSequence
202. ed filter and sort order There is also a drop down list at the bottom of the page which allows you to specify how many rows should be displayed in each page helping accommodate different user preferences One special column that is unique to tasks is the progress indicator This illustrates graphically both the percentage completion of the task and also if the task is either starting late or finishing late The following table illustrates the different type of status that can be conveyed by the indicator Indicator Display Progress Description Task has not yet started but the scheduled start date is still in the future Task has not yet started and the start date has elapsed This is considered a Late Starting Task Task has started and is approximately 25 complete The scheduled end date is still in the future Task has started and is approximately 25 complete However the scheduled end date has elapsed already This is a considered a Late Finishing Task Eh Task has been 100 completed Essentially the gray section of the bar indicates the of the task yet to be completed and the green red section of the bar indicates the of the task that has already been completed If the bar changes from green to red it means that the end date has been reached and the task is not yet complete and if the background changes from gray to yellow it means that the task has not yet started but the scheduled sta
203. ed to some test cases that define how the functionality is expected to work Fred Bloggs Sunday November 09 2003 7 00 00 PM Need to write a better definition of this requirement it has too many loose ends To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button SIL FE Ea emneom Existing comments are displayed in order underneath the textbox in date order either newest first or oldest first To add a new comment simply enter it into the textbox underneath and click the Save icon 4 2 3 Overview Scenario If you are editing a Use Case type of requirement there will be a special Scenario section where you can enter in the scenario steps that define the use case _ Scenario gt Insert Step Delete Copy Refresh O Step Description ID S Step 1 User logs into the system RS 000001 User enters books name and author RS 000003 t Step 3 LI O O S Step 2 User chooses option to create new book RS 000002 O O S Step 4 User chooses book s genre and sub genre from list RS 000004 S Step 5 User commits the changes and the new book is added to the system RS 000005 Show 15 rows per page i 1 Displaying page a Sof 1 gt h This sections displays the various steps that a user would perform when carrying out the defined use case The list of use case steps displays the position number and the description If a test case is created from this use case the steps will be use
204. ed to this test set Progress Caw Y NC edie IN000007 F Edit E x Not able to add new author Incident New Joe P Smith IN000002 gt Edit Show 15 V rows per page 4 lt Displaying page 1 a of 1 gt gt o Cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assigned 1 Critical Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Windows 8 5 8 7 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the test set artifact since its creation The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 5 9 Automation Host List This section outlines how to use the Automation Host Management features of SpiraTeam to manage the different host systems that will be running automated tests in your environment Typically when scheduling automated tests you will want to execute the same tests on multiple computers running different environments SpiraTeam allows you to build a master list of automation hosts in each project which can be used to schedule test sets containing automated test cases against Please refer to the Test Set section of this manual for more i
205. em Ability to modify existing users in the Ability to import from legacy system x database system Ability to import data from excel Exporting data to excel IN 23 IN 39 0 5h v Author Management R IN 33 Management of children s loans v Book Management RQ 30 RQ 31 RQ 32 RQ 20 Creating 6 new boakin yates Editing an eisting book in the system Deteting an existing book fram the Ability to add new subjects to the system system 1 5 RQ 21 IN 21 R IN 33 Ability to edit existing subjects in the Ability to associate multiple authors Management of children s loans system In this view you can drag and drop the backlog items from one section e g component to another and also rearrange the backlog items in their relative order By default the items are sorted according to their priority importance value the color of which is indicated in the left hand side of the story card but you can drag and drop them into a different order This is particularly useful wnen you have several items of the same priority and you need to rank them This process is typically called backlog grooming 13 1 1 Product Backlog By Component This view is designed to let you see the product backlog organized by Component Each of the components is displayed on the left hand side and the backlog items displayed in the same row on the right The backlog items can be requirements with assoc
206. ember of The fields can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 5 1 9 Filtering You can easily filter the list of test cases as illustrated in the screen shot below Planning S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Test Cases Testing Reporting di Insert y 3 Delete indent lt Qutdent Snowleve Y Refresh GyEdity Sf Tools y Showmide cotums Displaying 6 out of 11 test case s for this release Filtering results by Owner Clear Fillers 7 i rI f a i _ S ene Regression Tests 2 8 Book management 5 Author management amp Scenario Tests 2 amp Exception Scenario Tests 1 Not Run Not Run Not Run 4 Person loses book and needs lo report loss Adding new book and author to fibrary amp Common Tests 2 Z Open Up Web Browser i E Login to Application Show 15 v tows per page a j 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 Y Eliter a Fred Bloggs Display data for All Releases are v Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs 7 TC000007 Tcoo0008 Tc000009 TC000010 TC000011 TC000012 70000013 TC000015 TC000016 TC000017 s 1 gt Edit 4i Displaying page S of 1 gt To filt
207. en the new version Associations Versions 35 KB Fred 9 May 2006 Bloggs 30 KB Fred Bloggs 28 KB Joe P Smith v 7 Version 1 2 Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the book managament use case test case 7 Version 1 1 Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the gt Make Active Delete book managament use case test case 7E Version 1 0 Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the book managament use case test case 4 May 2006 2 May 2006 gt Make Active Delete gt Upload New Version On this page you have the option to delete an existing version make a different version the active one the one that users see when they view the document list and click on the link and upload a new revision To upload a new version click on the Upload New Version hyperlink Upload New Version Filename Browse Descripton Cron Vse v a UES S EEFE TAn A Sequence diagram in UML format that provides additional detail surrounding the book managament use case test case Version W Make this the active version In the popup dialog you need to enter the URL browse to the file enter a description of the changes made a new version number and whether the new version should be made the active one then click the Upload button to confirm the changes Note If the original docume
208. ent authors Planned P In Progress oP Developed P Tested 47 Completed P l RQ 7 Ability to associate books with different subject 15 Each of the vertical sections is one of the requirements statuses in order of the requirement lifecycle Planned gt Completed You can drag and drop the requirements between the different statuses If you have the planning options enabled to have requirements status automatically update based on changes to the associated tasks and test cases then items will automatically move between the statuses based on tasks being completed and test cases being executed 13 4 2 Iteration Backlog By Person This view is designed to let you see the iteration sprint plan organized by resource person Each of the users that is a member of the current iteration is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view can be either requirements with associated tasks and test cases or incidents Planning 1 1 0 0 0003 Iteration 003 _ Detailed View Ml Incidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Person W IN G The book listing screen doesn t sort RQ 8 1 0 Ability to associate books with different authors a l gt z Fred Blogas oF ity J Coone ch Van Stenten Joe P Smith oP Martha Noble HF Available Utilized Available Utilized Available Uti
209. ent Name 4 Type Y Edited On AV Author Y Show 15 7 rows per page id lt Displaying page of O gt Unlike the lt Pass gt button if you don t enter a description of the actual result the system will display an error message and re prompt you again for input In the case of a failure both the individual test step and the overall test case will be marked with a red square containing a cross Similarly in the case of a blocked test case they will be marked with a yellow square and in the case of a caution they will be marked with an orange square Once marking a test step as lt Failed gt lt Caution gt or lt Blocked gt you will automatically be taken to the first test step in the next test case or if it is the last test case being executed the lt Finish gt button will be displayed instead Legal Notices This publication is provided as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non infringement This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically added to the information contained herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication Inflectra Corporation may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or program s and or service s described in this publication at any time SpiraTest SpiraPlan
210. ents screenshots or web links URLs that have been attached to the automation host The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document to the automation host you need to first click the Add New hyperlink to display the new attachment dialog box There are three different types of item that can be attached to an automation host gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard
211. er Edit Folder Flease choose the parent of this Folder Development Tasks Please edit the name of this Folder Back End Development You can change the parent folder and or name of the folder and click Update to commit the change or click Delete to delete the folder entirely 8 1 2 Sorting and Filtering You can easily filter and sort the list of tasks as illustrated in the screen shot below cs Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ie Bloggs dh New Task 3 Delete Refresh GyCopy Tools y Show hide columns Y Y Eilter v Displaying 1 4 out of 43 task s for this project Filtering results by Progress Clear Filters Se Oe ee 2 Develop new edition entry screen In Progress it Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TKO000021 Z create edition object insert method In Progress Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TKO000022 O Create author object delete method In Progress 2 High Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TKO000028 2 Write author object delete query In Progress Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TK000029 Show 15 rows per page Mi Displaying page a Sofi To filter the list by progress status priority owner or release you simply choose an item from the appropriate drop down list and for the other fields you enter a free text phrase then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the n
212. er the list by any of the displayed columns you either choose an item from the appropriate drop down list or enter a free text phrase depending on the type of field then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates test case numbers In the screen shot above we are filtering on Owner None In addition if you have a set of filters that you plan on using on a regular basis you can choose the option Filter gt Save Filter to add the current filter to the list of saved filters that appear on your My Page The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Test Cases db insert y 3 Delete Displaying 6 out of 11 test case s for this release Filtering results by Owner Clear Fillers po Tii ay 1 Save Filter a Regression Tests 2 5 Book management l Tedin Ah a Author management Please choose a name for this filter Saved Fitter Testing Reporting indent lt Qutdent snowLevel Y Refresh Gh Edity Tools y Shownde columns amp Scenario Tests 2 Exception Scenario Tests 1 Pers
213. er to add this under Root Folder v Please enter the name for this new Folder Log Files Choose the parent folder that you want to add the new folder under or None if you are adding a new top level folder from the dropdown list and then enter the name of the new folder Then click Add save the new folder To edit or delete an existing folder simply click the Edit button to switch the folder tree to edit mode Document Folders Refresh E amp Root Folder Edt A CreateNewAuthor Edit G CreateNewBook Edit G Design Documents G EditExistingAuthor Edit G EditExistingBook Edit G Misc Documents Edit G Screen Captures Edit G Specifications Edit Ga Test Results Edit G Test Scripts Edit 7 To edit or delete a specific folder click on the Edit button next to the folder Edit Folder Please choose the parent of this Folder Roat Folder T Please edit the name of this Folder CreateNewAuthor You can change the parent folder and or name of the folder and click Update to commit the change or click Delete to delete the folder entirely 10 2 Document Details When you click on an item in the document list described above you are taken to the document details page illustrated below S y Internal Projects y gt Library Information System lt lt Back to Document List Me Display Current Filter v amp Design Documents
214. erent language timezone or number format for example a German employee working in the German office of a French company might want to use the German culture instead of French You can change the culture and or timezone to any of the options listed in the dropdown list Note The system will only be installed with a certain number of language packs so in some cases a selected culture will only change the number formats and not the languages displayed 3 6 5 Actions This tab displays the list of recent actions that you have performed in the system across all projects Passwords amp Security Email Preferences Displaying 1 8 out of 8 items Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter 2 May 2006 sake EEO Incident Cannot add a new book to the system IN 000007 Modified Library Information System 2 May 2006 PR 1 Ability to add new books to the system RQ 000004 Modified Requirement 2 May 2006 qv Ability to create new book TS 000003 Modified Library Information System PR 1 Test Step 2 May 2006 Library Information System a TOE O Vicia RL 000001 Modified Library Information System aaoagaaaea a o aa E 2 May 2006 2 May 2006 2 May 2006 5 Mar 2005 5 Mar 2005 4 Mar 2005 PR 1 Library Information System PR 1 Library Information System PR 1 Library Information System PR 1 Library Information System PR 1 Library Information System PR 1 Test Step Release Test Cas
215. erlink will switch the planning board into the Release Backlog view described in section 13 3 below 13 3 Release Backlog Planning The release backlog view is designed to let you view the backlog items that have been assigned to the selected release You can always see the items not currently assigned to any release by expanding the Unassigned Items section and then drag those items into the current release The lower section of the board allows you to segment the items by either iteration sprint typically used in Scrum by status typically used in Kanban or by person Planning 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 _ Detailed View MlIncidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Iteration fh E SY releas iasa W IN 5 R IN 6 Cannot install system on Oracle 9i The book listing screen doesn t sort f3 4 1 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 4B x f1 1 1 0 0 0002 iteration 002 F Available Utilized Utilized Available 24 0h 28 7h 27 0h 72 0h ROT ROS RQ 17 Ability to Ability to associate books with different associate books with different swi Ability to link authors to their contact subjects editions information RQ3 Ability to as eutnars RQ 18 sociate booke with diferent Ability to associate authors with subjects The screen above illustrates the items being segmented by iteration sprint for the current release 13 3 1 Release Backlog B
216. es ee a spiraTeam spiraPlan ee X spirafest ee SpiraTest SpiraPlan SpiraTeam User Manual Version 4 2 Inflectra Corporation Date September 18th 2014 inflectraZ 5 9 Automation Host List 95 Contents 5 10 Automation Host Details 97 6 Incident Tracking 100 1 Introduction 2 ia Ousted 6 1 Incident List 100 1 Quality Assurance a 6 2 Incident Details 103 1 2 Project Management 3 7 Release Management 111 2 Functionality Overview 4 sA Pe oN ji 7 1 Release List 111 1 Requirements Managemen i j A M 9 i j 7 2 Release Details 116 2 Test Case Managemen ag 7 3 Build Details 123 2 3 Release Planning 5 l 2 4 Iteration Planning 5 8 Task Tracking i 2 5 Incident Tracking 5 8 1 Task List 126 2 6 Task Management 6 8 2 Task Details 131 2 Projects and Users 6 9 Resource Tracking 138 2 8 Document Management 6 9 1 Resource Details 139 2 9 Source Code Tracking 6 10 Document Management 142 2 10 Build Management 10 1 Document List 142 2 11 Instant Messenger 10 2 Document Details 146 2 12 Miscellaneous 7 11 Reports Center 149 Project M 9 SER ee anagem 11 1 Reports Configuration 150 ee 7 11 2 Requirement Reports 152 3 2 My Page E i 11 3 Test Case Reports 154 os nope Navigation ie 11 4 Incident Reports 157 on paalect MOME ee 11 5 Task Reports 158 3 5 Project Group Home oe 11 6 Release Reports 159 Oey aus ee 11 7 Summary Graphs 160 era MMECAIG oe 11 8 Snapsh
217. es the status to Completed gt Defer Task changes the status to Deferred gt Restart Development changes the status to In Progress After changing the status of the task by clicking on the workflow link you can then fill in the additional fields that are now enabled and or required Once you ve made the changes to the appropriate task fields you can either click lt Save gt lt Save and Close gt or lt Save and News gt to commit the changes or lt Refresh gt to discard the changes and reload the task from the database In addition you can print the current task by clicking lt Print gt which will display a printable version of the page in a separate window Email this artifact to Project User Amy E Cribbins 7 Select a user in the project to send to Email Addresses A list of email addresses separated by Message Subject Leave blank for default Send Cancel You can specify the subject line for the email and either a list of email addresses separated by semicolons or an existing project user The content of the email is specified in the System Administration Notification Templates The lower part of the right pane can be in one of four possible modes that can be selected Overview Properties Attachments History and Associations Each of the different views is described separately below 8 2 1 Overview Details In this tab the right pane displays the de
218. est Runs Attachments and History Each of the different views is described separately below 7 2 1 Overview Details In this tab the right pane displays the description fields and custom properties associated with the release Overview Reqs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments History _ Details Version 0 0 0 Creator Fred Bloggs v Start End Date 2292004 3112004 Creation Date 2 14 2004 7 00 00 PM Resources Active Yes v Non Working person days Iteration No v Plan Effort 216 00 Available Effort 120 25 ve Ere eer Esaoe This is the first version of the system pa Description s z u Ea EEF hA enno This is the initial release of the Library Management System You can edit the various fields name description etc and custom properties Once you are satisfied with them simply click either the lt Save gt or lt Save and New gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes When you make changes to the release iteration s start date end date number of project personnel resources or number of non working person days the system will automatically calculate how many hours of effort planned effort are available in the release iteration for assigning tasks As you begin assigning tasks either through the Tasks tab or the Iteration Planning screen the total estimated effort of the tasks is subtracted
219. est runs The display dropdown will let you choose whether the list contains test runs that are for the same release test case or test set or are just a filtered unfiltered list based on your last search in the main test run list page The main pane displays the details of the test run itself name description release test set estimated and actual duration tester name test run type automation host etc Underneath it also displays the list of test run steps and any console output from a test automation engine such as Rapise NUnit JUnit QTP or Selenium gt The tab control displays the list of list of any documents URLs screenshots that were attached to the test results and any incidents that are associated with this test run 5 6 1 Editing a Test Run When reviewing the test run you may find that you need to change the results of the test run e g the user selected the wrong release or custom property value Many of the fields are editable at a later date and to make changes just modify the appropriate fields and click Save 5 6 2 Deleting the Test Run If you need to delete a test run that was erroneously captured all you need to do is click on the link to access the invalid test run and then click the lt Delete gt button to remove it from the system This will then force the system to update the status of the test case itself from the other logged test runs 5 6 3 Test Run Steps In the case of a manual test ru
220. est set is listed along with the number of test cases contained in parenthesis the aggregate execution status of the contained test cases using a graphical bar chart the date that the test set has been scheduled to be executed planned date the date that it was last executed the person currently assigned to execute the test set the status and the test set id Clicking on a test set s hyperlink will take you to the test set details page for the item in question Note the test set status is separate from the execution status of the individual test cases and represents where the test set is in its lifecycle e Not Started The test set has been assigned to a tester or automation host and no testing has been performed e In Progress The test set has been assigned to a tester or automation host and the testing is in progress e Completed The test set was previously assigned but has now been completed with all test cases having an execution status recorded and the tester having clicked the Finish button in the test execution wizard e Blocked The tester or automation host was unable to execute the assigned test set because of a failure external to the actual test case e Deferred The test set was previously assigned but was execution was paused by the Tester clicking the Pause button during test execution and the Pending Test Run entry was deleted from the user s My Page 5 7 1 Insert Hovering over the lt
221. etailed View Incidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By Tasks By Person gt gt A Donna W Harkness Fred Blogas oF Jack Van Stanten ap Joe P Smith cp svaile Utilized ini Available Utilized Remaining 32 16 0h 32 0h 5 0h O Z TK 21 Z TK 22 ZJ TK 23 lt Develop new edition entry screen Create edition object insert method Write edition object insert queries K 28 Z TK 29 Write author object delete query scroll arrows In some of the views of the planning board there will be more data that can be displayed on one screen in which case you will be able to scroll the planning board left and right using the specially provided arrow buttons see above Each of the views is now described in more detail in the sections below 13 1 Product Backlog Planning The product backlog view is designed to let you view the backlog items that have been created for the project and have not yet been assigned to a specific release or iteration The backlog items can be requirements or incidents and in the case of requirements you can see the tasks and test cases associated with a specific requirement Planning Product Backlog Y Detailed View Vl incidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Component gt Unassigned Items Y Administration Z RQ 23 EJ RQ 26 RQ 27 RQ 25 Ability to completely backup the Ability to create new users in the syst
222. eted Completed Ability to delete existing books in the system Ability to associate books with different subjects Ability to associate books with different authors Ability to associate books with different editions Ability to completely erase all books stored in the system with one click Edition Management Ability to create different editions Completed Completed Completed In Progress In Progress 11 3 Test Case Reports 11 3 1 Test Case Summary Report This report displays all of the test cases defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test case list The test case s details and execution status are displayed in a summary grid form with the test steps optionally displayed Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Test Name 1 Functional Tests Description Priority Test Step Test Step Description Test Step Expected Result Test Step Sample Data Status Author Owner Est Duration Created On Last Modified WA Fred Fred 01 Dec 13 Oct 2009 Bloggs Bloggs 2003 15 07 47 Tests that the user can create a new book in the system Ability to create new book Ts Critical Fred Fred Bloggs Bloggs 01 Dec 2003 13 Oct 2009 15 07 47 Call Login to Application User clicks link to create book User enters books name and author then clicks Next User chooses book s genre and sub genre
223. ew a more detailed description of the incident along with a resolution if any by positioning the mouse pointer over the incident name hyperlink and waiting for the popup tooltip to appear If you click on the incident name hyperlink you will be taken to the incident details page described in section 6 2 Clicking on any of the pagination links at the bottom of the page will advance you to the next set of incidents in the list according to the applied filter and sort order There is also a drop down list at the bottom of the page which allows you to specify how many rows should be displayed in each page helping accommodate different user preferences 6 1 1 Sorting and Filtering You can easily filter and sort the list of incidents as illustrated in the screen shot below Internal Projects gt Library Information System y Search qQ Planning Testing y Tracking Reporting py Fred Bloggs lacidents dh New Incident 3 Delete Refresh hCopy f Tools y Showe cotsmns Displaying 1 14 out of 14 incidentis for this project Fittering results by Type Cleat Filters Jy W Na Tune AY ie Open Joe P Smith Duplicate Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Open Fred Bloggs INDODOGS Edit Assigned Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Windows amp INDODOO7 Edit Resolved Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith IN000011 gt Edit Closed Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 20 Nov 2003 NO000115 EJE book Assigned Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs INDODO0S gt Edit Quote handlin
224. ew author t Ability to edh existing author 4 Ability to reassign book to different author amp Regression Tests 2 amp Scenario Tests 2 Exception Scenario Tests 1 E Person loses book and needs to report joss 4 Adding naw book ang author to library amp Common Tests 2 E Open Up Web Browser 5 Login to Application Show 15 fows per page Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Blogas Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joa P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs TC000001 TC000002 TC000003 TC000004 TC000005 TC000006 TC000007 TC000010 TCO00011 TC000012 TC000013 TC000015 TC000016 TC000017 lt Displaying page 1 _ mofie The test case list consists of a hierarchical arrangement of the various test folders and test cases that the system being developed needs to be able to demonstrate The structure is very similar to the folder structure in Microsoft Windows Explorer and users will find this very familiar and intuitive to use When you create a new project this list will initially be empty and you will have to use the lt Insert gt button to start adding test folders and test cases to the system
225. ew values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 4 2 7 Associations In this mode the main pane displays a list of any incidents source code revisions or other requirements that are associated with this requirement Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments Associations gt Add Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter _ Include Source Code Revisions Displaying 1 4 out of 4 association s D O O C JO Cw Related to cannot install system on Oracle 9i Incident Open 13 Mar 2004 Fred Bloggs This bug IN 5 F Edit affects the requirement Related to Ability to delete existing books in the system Requirement Developed 11 Mar 2004 Fred Bloggs These two RQ 6 gt Edit requirements are related Related to Creating a new book in the system Requirement Completed 4 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs This use case RQ 30 gt Edit defines the steps for creating a boo Assigned 3 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith Test Run IN 7 Ability to create new book Show 1s rows per page ld Displaying page a of 1 gt i Implicit x Cannot add a new book to the system Incident The requirements in this list are ones that a user has decided are relevant to the cur
226. fact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g htip mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the release To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked
227. first screen in wizard 2 Step 4 User chooses book s genre and sub genre User sees screen displaying all Play Tragedy TS000004 gt Edit from list entered information step 5 User clicks submit button Confirmation screen is displayed TS000005 Edit Show 45 rows per page M lt 4 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt To change the order of the test steps please click on the test step link icon and drag it to the appropriate place in the list Note Test steps that are marked with a hyperlink and test case icon e g Call Login to Application in the screen shot above are in fact linked test cases Linked test cases are a useful way of reusing existing test steps from other test cases For example if you want to have a set of steps be in more than one test case e g a login step then you would create a separate test case just containing these steps then have all the other test cases just link to it This avoids the need to have duplicate test steps throughout the project In addition if you click on the step number hyperlink e g Step 2 you will be taken to the test step details page which allows you to perform additional editing of a specific test step as well as attach documents associate pre existing incidents and view the change history 5 2 2 1 Insert Step Clicking on the lt Insert Step gt button inserts a new test step before the currently selected by means of the check box test step Clicking the lt
228. g issues throughout Resolved Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs INDODO12 Not IND00016 gt Edit Edi Reproducible The homepage hangs whist joading Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs INDOOOO6 Edit iNooo009 gt Edit IND00013 gt Edit inoo0010 EJE IND00014 gt Edit Show 15 rows per page 4 lt Displaying page 1 ofim gt g The book listing screen doesn t sort Open ediu Joe P Smith Windows Server 2003 Editing the date on an author is clunky Assigned lediu Joe P Smith Joe P Smith the tables get culoff on low res modes Closed fiu Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 19 Nov 2003 Doesn t lat me add a new category Resolved Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Permissions not updating when changed Bug Closed Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs 20 Nov 2003 To filter the list by incident type status priority owner or detector name you simply choose an item from the appropriate drop down list and for the other fields you enter a free text phrase then click lt Filter gt or press the lt ENTER gt key to apply the different filters Note that the name field is searched using a LIKE comparison so that searching for database would include any item with the word database in the name The other freetext fields need to be exact matches e g dates incident numbers There are also several aggregate filters that are used to filter on multiple values at once e g filtering status on All Open will return any incident that is in one of the ope
229. ge Test Runs Releases Incidents Attachments History Display List of Incidents gt Refresh Filter Clear Filtet Showmide columns v Displaying 1 1 out of 1 incident s linked to this test case Yem ew Eem Y am i m aw Y Ca Y Re 0 Cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assigned 1 Critical Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Windows 8 Eel IN000007 Show 15 Y rows per page 4 lt Displaying page 1 of 1 gt Each incident is listed together with the type status priority name owner detector detection date and a link to the actual incident details You can customize the fields that are displayed using the Show Hide Columns option In addition you can perform the following operations gt Refresh updates the list of incidents from the server useful if other people are adding incidents to this release at the same time gt Apply Filter Applies the entries in the filter boxes to the list of incidents gt Clear Filters Clears the current filter so that all incidents associated with the current release are shown gt Edit Clicking the Edit button to the right of the incident allows you to edit the incident inline directly on this screen 5 2 9 Attachments In this tab the main pane displays the list of documents that have been attached to the test case The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only displa
230. gging in Screen shi amp Test Scripts mo ee i erg 2 Document Filename2 xIs gt Add Cancel Comment This is a related document You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the document s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 5 2 10 History In this tab the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the test case artifact since its creation An example test case change history is depicted below Overview Req Coverage Test Runs i Attachments History gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 4 out of 4 change s ChangeID AY Change Date AV FieldName AY Old Value AV NewValue AY C S lt 2 May 2006 Step Expected Result User taken to first screen User taken to next screen in Fred Bloggs Modified wizard 2 May 2006 Name Library System v1 0 0 Library System Release 1 Fred Bloggs Modified 4 Mar 2005 Step Expected Result User taken to first screen Joe P Smith Modified 4 Mar 2005 Owner Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Modified Show 15 rows per page it 4 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt i The change history displays the date
231. ght of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 7 1 8 Show Level Choosing an indent level from the Show Level drop down box allows you to quickly and easily view the entire release list at a specific indent level For example you may want to see all releases drilled down to the third level of detail To do this you would simply choose Level 3 from the list and the releases will be expanded collapsed accordingly 7 1 9 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the release list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields
232. have the most up to date list displayed 5 9 5 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the host list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 5 9 6 Edit Each automation host in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just double click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change five automation hosts from Active No to Active Yes you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which
233. he associated test cases requirements Req Name RQ1 Functional System Requirements RQ2 Online Library Management System RQ3 Book Management Importance 1 Critical Ot Mar 2004 01 Mar 2004 02 Mar 2004 01 Mar 2004 02 Mar 2004 02 Mar 2004 03 Mar 2004 04 Mar 2004 03 Mar 2004 03 Mar 2004 04 Mar 2004 04 Mar 2004 Status In Progress In Progress Completed 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 0001 1 0 0 0 145 hours 0 mins 145 hours 0 mins 90 hours 0 mins 15 hours 0 mins 15 hours 0 mins 14 hours 0 mins Test Traceability 190 hours 0 mins 190 hours 0 mins 96 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 8 hours 0 mins S hours 0 mns 3 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 8 hours 0 mns 5 hours 0 mins 3 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 188 hours 40 mins 188 hours 40 mins 95 hours 0 mins 15 hours 30 mins 7 hours 20 mins 5 hours 20 mins 2 hours 50 mins 16 hours 50 mins 7 hours 20 mins 6 hours 0 mins 3 hours 30 mins 15 hours 10 mins Requirements Traceability 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical 1 Critical TC2 TC8 TC13 TC3 TCS TC8 TC12 TC4 TC8 TC6 TC13 TC4 TC8 TC12 TC4 TC8 TC12 RQ4 Ability to add new books to the system RQ5 Ability to edit existing books in the system RQ6 RQ7 RQS RQ9 RQ10 RQ11 RQ12 Completed Completed Compl
234. he equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in SpiraTeam with the task To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the documeni s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 8 2 5 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the task since its creation An example task change history is depicted below Overview Attachments History Associations gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 9 out of 9 change s ChangeID AY Change Date AV FieldName AY Old Value AY
235. he incident by that resolved release iteration 6 1 2 New Incident Clicking on the lt New Incident gt button takes you to the new incident screen This is essentially the same screen as the incident details screen shown in section 6 2 except that the lt Update gt button is replaced by an lt Insert gt button and depending on how the workflow has been configured for your project certain fields may be disabled For more details on setting and up configuring workflow for your project please refer to the SpiraTest Administration Guide 6 1 3 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes the incidents whose check boxes have been selected in the incident list 6 1 4 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the list of incidents this is useful when new incidents are being added by other users and you want to make sure you have the most up to date list displayed 6 1 5 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the incident list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields can be any of the built in fields or an
236. he mouse over the names of the requirements in either box will display a tooltip consisting of the requirement name place in the hierarchical structure and a detailed description Clicking on the hyperlinks in right hand box will jump you to the requirement details screen for the requirement in question see section 4 2 To change the coverage for this test case you use the buttons Add Remove Remove All positioned between the two list boxes The lt Add gt button will move the selected requirements from the list of available on the left to the list of mapped on the right Similarly the lt Remove gt and lt Remove All gt buttons will remove either the selected or all the requirements from the right list box and add them back to the left list box Finally as a shortcut you can click the Create Requirement from This Test Case link to create a new requirement in the list of covered requirements that will be automatically linked to this test case This is useful when you have created a new test case and want to generate an initial placeholder requirement to be fleshed out later 5 2 6 Test Runs This view displays the name of the test case together with a list of the previous execution runs that the test case has been put through Each test run is listed together with the date of execution the name of the test case the name of the test set if applicable the name of the tester the release version of the system that the test was
237. here for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an existing attachment from a test run simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document or web link to the test run you need to click on the Add New hyperlink to open the Add Attachment dialog box There are three different types of item that can be attached to a test run gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the we
238. hment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an existing attachment from a release iteration simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document or web link to the release iteration you need to click on the Add New hyperlink to open the Add Attachment dialog box There are three different types of item that can be attached to a release or iteration gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the arti
239. howLevei Y Refresh IH Edit ff Tools v Showitde columns v Y Eilter v Displaying 14 out of 14 requirement s for this project Any 7 NEES Status ar Difficulty E vi ___Y Vie Jae T In Progress RQ000001 In Progress RQ000002 Completed RQ000003 Completed 100 00001 RQ000004 Moderate Completed 1 0 0 0 0001 RQ000005 Completed 10000002 RQ000006 Completed L1 0 0 0001 RQ000007 Completed 11000001 RQ000008 Completed 4100 0092 RQ000009 Completed 12 00 RQ000010 In Progress RQ000011 In Progress RQ000013 Planned RQ000019 Requested RQ000022 a Functional System Requirements D Online Library Management System 2 Book Management S rent Ability to add new books to the system X A e Ability to edit xisting books in the system Ra ns C Ability to delete existing books in the system Re n ad Ability to associate books with different authors Ability to asy Ability to edit existing books in the system T Ability to completely erase all books stored in ih p R g a o a gt G S D a D Edition Management a Author Management Ws ubject Management lt a a z ag 2 yi a z lt a a Administration Functions Show 15 y rows per page i lt Displaying page a aof Uda Once you have the requirement positioned at the correct place that you want it inserted just release the mouse button and the requirement list will be refreshed wi
240. iate books with different editions 2 Ability lo completely erase all books stored in th a I Edition Management T Author Management 4 Subject Management a T Administration Functions Show 15 rows per page Any In Progress In Progress Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed In Progress In Progress Planned Requested 10 00 0001 19 00 0901 1 0 0 00002 1100 0001 1 1 0 0 0001 110 0 0002 1200 RQ000004 RQ000005 RQ000006 RQ000007 RQ000008 RQ000009 RQ000010 RQ000011 RQ000013 RQ000019 RQ000022 Displaying page 1 a Fred Bloggs Moderate Sof 1 gt amp Once you have chosen the destination project and clicked the lt Export gt button the requirements will be exported from the current project to the destination project Any file attachments will also be copied to the destination project along with the requirements 4 1 13 Creating Test Cases from Requirements To quickly create test cases from a group of requirements all you need to do is select the check boxes of the appropriate requirements and then click Tools gt Create Test Cases This will then create new test cases based on the selected requirements 4 1 14 Creating a Test Set from Requirements To quickly create a new test set from a group of requirements all you need to do is select the check boxes of the appropriate requirements and then click Tools gt Creat
241. iated tasks and test cases or incidents Planning Product Backlog v Detailed View MlIncidents _ Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Component gt Unassigned Items ah Y Administration P Ra 23 J RQ 26 2 RQ 27 J RQ25 Ability to completely backup the Ability to create new users in the system Ability to modify existing users in the Ability to import from legacy system x database system E IN 23 E IN 39 Ability to import data from excel Exporting data to excel 0 5h v Author Management dhl RJ IN 33 Management of children s loans ing 3 New book in the system Exiting an esting book in the system Deteting an existing book from the Ability to add new subjects to the system system 1 5 v Book Management RQ 30 RQ31 RQ 32 RQ 20 RQ 21 R IN 21 R IN 33 Ability to edit existing subjects in the Ability to associate multiple authors Management of children s loans system The top section will contain the list of items that are not assigned to a component with the other sections containing the items that belong to the specific component 13 1 2 Product Backlog By Package This view is designed to let you see the product backlog organized by requirement package a summary requirement Each of the packages is displayed on the left hand side in a hierarchical structure and the backlog items displayed in the same row
242. id Reset Zoom Save As JPEG BMP PNG gt Release Detailed v Requirement Summary Graph v Test Case Summary Graph gt Release Plan X Axis importance v E Group By Status X Axis Execution Status Y 52 Group By Pronty Requirement Summary Graph Test Case Summary Graph J Medin aled Blocked Caution F gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG Hone Cettcal 2 Wigh gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG v Incident Graphs Task Graphs Graph Name incident Aging v Fiter a 7 Graph Name Task Bumdown W Fiter 1000 Library System Release Y Incident Aging Task Burndoyn 52 rT 5 29 39 36 42 43 45 31 56 37 4 64 70 71 77 78 4 30 gt 0 0 0 00014 G7 8 14 05 2 22 25 0 0 00 1 0 0 gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG This page consists of three main areas gt The top left hand pane displays a list of any reports that have either been saved by the currently logged in user or those reports created by other members of the project that have been marked by that user as shareable gt The bottom left hand main pane displays a list of the printable reports available in the system categorized by the artifact they primarily relate to requirements test cases incidents and releases Clicking on any of the report hyperlinks will take you to the configuration page for the report in question see s
243. iewer Please Select O create book subject mappi gE REE O create book subject mappi CaaS book sobyect mappi Fot v sze BZ i EE Ta Oy emmo aA Modify book insert update SS Modify book insert update Ocreate book object delete Z write book object delete all O Create edition object insert Owrite edition object insert c A Create author object updat v Description This page is made up of three areas the left pane displays the task list navigation as well as the workflow transitions see below the upper part of the right pane contains the task detailed information itself and the bottom part of the right pane displays different information associated with the task The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the task list as well as a list of the other related tasks nested under their parent requirement This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the peer requirements or tasks by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the requirements or tasks list pages The navigation list can be switched between five different modes e Current Filter The list of tasks matching the current filter organized by task folder e All items The list of all tasks irrespective of the current filter organized by task folder e Assigned The list of tasks assigned to the current user grouped by their parent requirement e For Rele
244. in the version control system including the description of what was changed the date that the change was made and the name of the person who made the change The lower part of the main pane can be switched between two different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Files mode but it can be switched to Associations as well The functionality in each of these two views is described below 12 4 1 Files This view displays the list of files that were changed in the current revision Files Associations gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Fred Bloggs rev0001 28 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs rev0005 Deleted 28 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs rev0006 Replaced 28 Dec 2012 Document Filename2_xls Fred Bloggs e Added 28 Dec 2012 Document Filename21 cs 100 KB Fred Bloggs rev0001 Undefined 28 Dec 2012 8 Document Filename22 vb 150 KB Fred Bloggs rev0002 Deleted 28 Dec 2012 Document Filename23 cpp 180 KB Fred Bloggs rev0001 Undefined 28 Dec 2012 w Document Filename1 doc szil Document Filename10 pptx Document Filename11 htm Each file in the list is displayed with its name the file size who made changes to the file what action was performed on the file added deleted replaced updated etc and the most revision that exists for that file Clicking on the filename will take you to the appropriate file details page see section 12 2 and clicking on the revision hy
245. information position the mouse pointer over the bar chart and the number of associated tasks along with the details of how many are in each status will be displayed as a tooltip 4 1 1 Insert Clicking on the lt Insert gt icon inserts a requirement above the currently selected requirement i e the one whose check box has been selected at the same level in the hierarchy If you want to insert a requirement below an existing item you can use the Insert gt Child Requirement option instead If you insert a requirement without first selecting an existing requirement from the list the new requirement will simply be added at the end of the list Once the new requirement has been inserted the item is switched to Edit mode so that you can rename the default name and choose a priority status and or author 4 1 2 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes all the requirements whose check boxes have been selected If any of the items are summary items the child requirements are also deleted If all the children are deleted from a summary item it changes back into a non summary item 4 1 3 Indent Clicking on the lt Indent gt button indents all the requirements whose check boxes have been selected If any of the items are made children of a requirement that had no previous children it will be changed from a detail item into a summary item 4 1 4 Outdent Clicking on the lt Outdent gt button de indents all the
246. ing of just bugs or just issues for the project in question Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 6 Incident Turnaround Time Graph The incident turnaround time chart displays the number of days incidents have taken to be closed from the time they were first raised in the system The chart is organized as a stacked histogram with the count of incidents on the y axis and different turnaround time intervals on the x axis Each bar chart color represents a different incident priority giving a project manager a snapshot view of the turnaround time of project incidents by priority Incident Graphs H x Graph Name Incident Turnaround Y Filter All 7 Incident Turnaround Time Hone 4 Low Medium 2 High 6 1 Critical 0 l OF 8 44 15 21 22 78 29 35 36 42 43 49 50 56 57 63 64 70 71 77 78 84 84 90 gt 90 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG This report can be filtered by the type of incident so for example you can see the turnaround time of just bugs or just issues for the project in question Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the
247. ing on the expand icon will expand the child folders and clicking on the name of the folder will display the list of documents in the folder in the main pane to the right gt The main right hand pane displays a list of all the documents contained within the currently selected folder This list can be filtered and sorted and you can choose how many rows of documents to display on the page at one time gt The bottom left hand pane contains the Tag Cloud This is a list of all the tag names associated with documents in the project The size of the font is proportional to the number of documents associated with the tag Clicking on a tag name will automatically filter the list of documents to find items that contain the selected tag The main toolbar contains icons for all the operations that can be performed on the document list You can add documents to the current folder delete existing documents from the project refresh the list of documents export documents to another project apply a filter and clear the current filter In addition there is the option to either display just the documents in the current folder or all documents in all folders The latter is useful when you want to search for a specific document by keyword or tag name 10 1 1 Add New Document To add a new document to the project you just need to click on the lt Add Document gt icon in the toolbar and the Add New Document dialog box will be displayed
248. ink to remove the item from this list My Subscribed Artifacts Project Last Updated 11 Dec 2003 gt Unsubscribe Library Information 1 Dec 7003 gt Unsubscribe Library Information 1 Dec 7003 gt Unsubscribe 3 2 14 My News Feeds This widget allows you to subscribe to an external newsfeed and have the results be displayed inside SpiraTeam By default it will be set to the newsfeed from the Inflectra website that displays a list of recent company and product announcements You can add multiple instances of the widget to the dashboard allowing you to read multiple news sources at once Typical uses for this widget are to add news from project management and testing news sites blogs or to add information from other tools in your organization that can display their data in RSS format My News Feeds Headline Author Publish Date webmaster inilectra com 1 22 2014 webmaster inilectra com 12 19 2013 webmaster inilectra com 12 11 2013 webmaster inilectra com 11 22 2013 webmaster inilectra com 11 12 2013 3 3 Global Navigation Regardless of the page you are on SpiraTeam will always display the global navigation bar consisting of the SpiraTeam icon the current Project Group the current Project the four main sections Planning Testing Tracking and Reporting that correspond to the main activities that take place in the system the global search bar and the user profile avatar menu Under the various icons and he
249. ion Build Name AY Co SA Build 0015 F Build 0014 Build 0013 Build 0012 Build 0010 F Build 0011 Build 0009 Build 0008 Build 0007 Build 0005 Build 0006 Build 0003 Build 0004 Build 0002 Build 0001 Show 15 rows per page 12 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 10 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 8 Mar 2004 8 Mar 2004 7 Mar 2004 6 Mar 2004 5 Mar 2004 4 Mar 2004 4 Mar 2004 3 Mar 2004 3 Mar 2004 2 Mar 2004 1 Mar 2004 Hi 12 Mar 2004 11 Mar 2004 10 Mar 2004 9 Mar 2004 8 Mar 2004 8 Mar 2004 7 Mar 2004 6 Mar 2004 5 Mar 2004 4 Mar 2004 4 Mar 2004 3 Mar 2004 3 Mar 2004 2 Mar 2004 1 Mar 2004 BL BL000015 BL000014 BL000013 BL000012 BL000010 BL000011 BL000009 BL000008 BL000007 BL000005 BL000006 BL000003 BL000004 BL000002 BL000001 M 1 Displaying page of 1 gt You can also filter the results by choosing items from the filter options displayed in the sub header row of each field and clicking the Apply Filter link In addition you can quickly sort the list by clicking on one of the directional arrow icons displayed in the header row of the appropriate field 7 2 4 Incidents This is the default view for the release details page It displays the incidents associated with the selected release The incident list can be one of three modes gt Detected in this Release this will display a list of all the incidents that were detected during the testing of the sele
250. ion to Artifact Type Automation Hast kd Artifact ID ooo Comment To add the association you just need to select the type of artifact being associated requirement test case incident etc and the numeric ID of the artifact and then click the Add Association button For example to add an association to Requirement RQ00005 you would choose Artifact Type Requirement and Artifact ID 5 12 3 Source Code Revision List If you click on the View Revision Log hyperlink on the main Source Code page it will take you to the Revision List page that displays all the revisions made to the project in a sortable filterable list S v Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Be system Administrator v Source Code gt Revisions lt Back to Source Code Reposito Refresh Y Filter v Current Branch Master v Displaying 1 15 out of 16 revision s in the current repository Content A Av Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 No Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs Implements requirement RQ 5 and also completes t 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs The artifact was changed in this version to fix th 10 Sep 2014
251. ionality available in SpiraTeam when accessing the system from a mobile device such as an iOS smartphone tablet iPod Touch iPhone and iPad or an Android smartphone tablet Galaxy Nexus Droid Kindle Fire etc When you access the main SpiraTeam URL using a mobile device the system will detect that you re using a mobile web browser and automatically redirect to you the mobile login page SpiraTeam gt Login User Name Password Keep me logged in Log In SpiraTeam v4 0 000 en US UTC 5 View Full Site Once you have entered your username and password click the lt Log In gt button and you ll be taken to the mobile version of the My Page SpiraTeam gt My Page My Assigned Test Sets Name Project Due Date Status amp Regression Testing for Windows 8 4 Library Information System n a Completed gt Execute Exploratory Testing 2 Library Information System n a Deferred Execute Testing New Functionality 4 Library Information System 9 Feb 2007 In Progress Execute My Assigned Test Cases Name Project Status Last Executed z Ability to create new book Library Information System Not Run 1 Dec 2003 gt Execute 2 ability to edit existing book Library Information System Caution 1 Dec 2003 Execute My Pending Test Runs Name Project Progress Delete Resume Testing New Functionality 2 Library Information System E Delete Resume _ Spi
252. ir contact information Requested High Mapped Test Cases Name Status Last Execution Date Ability to create new author Failed 01 Dec 2003 Ability to create new book Failed 04 Dec 2003 Ability to edit existing author Blocked 01 Dec 2003 11 6 3 Release Plan Report This report displays a complete work breakdown structure of the project from a release perspective including all releases iterations requirements tasks and incidents organized by schedule Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library ID Name Type Status Priority Owner Start Date EndDate Complete Plan Effort Est Effort Actual Effort RLI 1 0 0 0 Library System Release 1 Release Seer taken eee ee ee Abiy to add new books to the system Requirement Joe P Smah 1S hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 15 hours 30 mins RQS Abiity to edit existing books in the system Requirement Joe P Smith 15 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 16 hours SO mns Ability to delete existing books in the system Requirement Fred Bloggs 14 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 15 hours 10 mins Abiy to create different editions Requirement Fred Bloggs 16 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins Ablity to edit existing authors in the system Requirement Fred Bloggs 15 hours 0 ming 16 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins Abiity to delete existing authors in the system Requirement Fred Bloggs 10 hours 0 mins 14 hours 0 mins 14 hour
253. isions tab described above you are taken to the revision details page illustrated below Ss Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searct Planning Testing Tracking Reporting BD system Administrator Source Code gt Revision Details lt lt Back to Revision List v Current Branch Master v EE Document Filename 103 asp Ajrev0014 rev0012 rev0009 Notes Implements requirement RQ and also completes task TK 1 Aj rev0008 rev0006 A rev0004 rev0002 Edited By Fred Bloggs Content A Yes Build F Build 0011 Properties A No Last Edited 9 10 2014 4 04 16 PM Source Code Revision J rev0012 Files Associations This page is made up of three areas the left pane is for navigation the upper part of the main pane contains the details of the revision and the bottom part of the right pane contains the list of files that were changed in this revision and the list of artifacts that the revision is associated with The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the source code revision list as well as a list of other revisions associated with the current file This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the detailed information of all the peer revisions by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the main revision list page The top part of the main pane allows you to view the details of this revision
254. isk 3 Library Information Bug 3 Nov 2003 2 Dec 2003 6 Dec 2003 24 Nov 2003 3 Dec 2003 9 Dec 2003 Library Information Training My Assigned Requirements Name Project Library Information Change Request Importance Status Library Information Enhancement Ability to create different editions Library Information Ability to edit existing authors in the __ Ability to link authors to their contact Ability to delete existing authors in th Ability to create new users in the syste Library Information Ability to import from legacy system x In Progress Library Information Limitation Library Information Planned Library Information Risk Library Information Planned Library Information In Progress My Detected Incidents Name Project Type W Cannot log into the application ba Clicking on link throws fatal error Requested Priority Date Opened 31 Oct 2003 31 Oct 2003 30 Nov 2003 1 Nov 2003 16 Nov 2003 9 Dec 2003 3 Dec 2003 9 Dec 2003 2 Dec 2003 5 Dec 2003 Library Information Requested Library Information Incident Library Information Incident My Assigned Test Cases Name Project R Cannot install system on Windows ME Library Information Issue W Cannot install system on Oracle 9i Ability to associate multiple authors bai Cannot log into the application R Test System Limitation W Sample Risk 1 W Test
255. ither click lt Save gt lt Save and Close gt or lt Save and News gt to commit the new item or click on the Back to Incident List to discard the insertion and return back to the incident list 6 2 3 Overview Comments The Comments section allows users to add and view discussions related to the incident _ Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first Fred Bloggs 0 minute ago We need to change the array to a generic list that will fix the subscript error To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button Font v se v Bz U 3S33 SE FE Ee egneom Existing comments are displayed by date either newest first or oldest first above the text box To add a comment to the incident enter your text into the textbox then click the Save icon to save 6 2 4 Overview Schedule This section displays the general schedule and completion status of the specific incident You can enter edit the start date closed date i e the due date estimate actual and remaining effort From these values the system will display the calculated percent completion progress indicator and projected final effort Y Schedule Start Date 11572003 FE Closed On j Progress ss 25 Est Effort 0 33 hours Projected Effort 0 33 hours hours hours 6 2 5 Attachments In this tab the lower section of the screen displays the list of doc
256. ity gt All Releases This shows the total number of story points for each of the releases in the project gt Specific Release This shows the total number of story points for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the total number of story points for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 5 Incident Aging Graph The incident aging chart displays the number of days incidents have been left open in the system The chart is organized as a stacked histogram with the count of incidents on the y axis and different age intervals on the x axis Each bar chart color represents a different incident priority giving a project manager a snapshot view of the age of open project incidents by priority Incident Graphs Gi x Graph Name Incident Aging Filter Incident Aging OF 814 15 21 272 78 29 35 36 42 43 49 50 56 57 63 64 70 I 77 78 84 84 90 90 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG This report can be filtered by the type of incident so for example you can see the ag
257. ive to using the icons in the toolbar 5 2 Test Case Details When you click on a test case item in the test case list described in section 5 1 you are taken to the test case details page illustrated below S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Test Cases gt Test Case Details 2 Fred Bloggs lt lt Back to Test List tal Copy amp Refresh 3 Delete gt Execute Print Email 3 Subscribe Display Current Filter Y E amp Functional Tests E Ability to create new book E Ability to edit existing book Test Case 4 Ability to create new book TC 000002 Name Ability to create new book Ability to create new author P eos Req Coverage Test Runs Incidents Attachments History 5 Ability to edit existing author F 3 a z Ability to reassign book to different Deteis T _ i amp Regression Tests Author Fred Bloggs Est Dur 0 16 hours Book management Owner Fred Bloggs Creation Date 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM E Author management amp Scenario Tests e _ ____ a eS E amp Exception Scenario Tests Active Yes v l Last Executed 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM E Person loses book and needs to URL z Adding new book and author to libr E amp Common Tests Open Up Web Browser Priority 1 Critical Execution Status f http www libraryreferences org Test Type Functional Test
258. l of detail To do this you would simply choose Level 3 from the list and the test sets will be expanded accordingly 5 7 8 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test set list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the list of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 5 7 9 Filtering You can easily filter the list of test sets as illustrated in the screen shot below y Internal Projects gt Library Information System search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs Ta Test Sets dh insert y 3 Delete 2 indent lt Outdent Show Level Y E Refresh Dh Edit y 3 Tools y Showhide columns Displaying 4 out of 8 test set s for this project Filtering results by Execution Status Clear Falters oM Nam Say O 4 Feb 2007 in Progress TX000008 4 Feb 2007 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith In Progress TX000001 9 Feb 2007 27 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs in Progress TX000005 Completed TX000009 aS 3 stina l Displaying page 1 Sofi Show 15 9 rows per page To filter the list by
259. layed outside of SpiraTeam 3 4 3 Requirements Summary This section consists of a summary table that displays the aggregate count of requirements in the system broken down by importance on the x axis and status on the y axis This allows the project manager to determine how many critical vs low priority enhancements are waiting to be implemented vs actually being implemented In addition it makes a distinction between those requirements simply requested and those actually planned for implementation so the project manager can see what the backlog is between the customer s demands and the plan in place Clicking on the View Details link at the top of the table simply brings up the project requirements list see section 4 1 whereas clicking on the individual values in the cells will display the requirements list with the filter set to match the importance and status of the value 3 4 4 Requirements Coverage This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of requirements test coverage for the project The Passed Failed Blocked Caution and Not Run bars indicate the total count of requirements that have tests covering them allocated across the execution status of the covering tests For example if a requirement is covered by four tests two that have passed one that has failed and one that has not yet been run the counts would be passed 0 5 failed 0 25 and not run 0 25 These fractional quantities
260. ld just needs to contain the filename of the test script no folders or path needed whereas if you are choosing to link the test script you need to follow the exact format that will be expected by the test automation engine For details please refer to the specific test automation engine in the SpiraTest Team Automated Test Integration Guide Document Type This should be set to the document type that you want the test script associated with Document Folder This should be set to the document folder that you want the test script to be stored in gt Version This should contain the version number of the test script gt Test Script If you are attaching a test script this should contain the actual program code for executing the test script The language and syntax will be dependent on the test automation engine being used If you are linking the test script this section will be disabled gt Parameters You can enter the various test case parameters by clicking on this hyperlink Most of the automation tools that SpiraTeam integrates with will support the passing of parameter values from SpiraTeam to the automation tool 5 2 4 Overview Comments The Comments section allows users to add and view discussions related to the Test Case Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first Fred Bloggs Wednesday November 19 2003 7 00 00 PM Thanks appreciate it Joe P Smith Monday Novem
261. le to add an association to Requirement RQ00005 you would choose Artifact Type Requirement and Artifact ID 5 13 Planning Board The SpiraTeam planning board is a great way to visualize the backlog items requirements tasks test cases and incidents planned for your project Based on the principles of agile methodologies such as Scrum and Kanban the planning board is a great tool for planning agile projects To access the SpiraTeam planning board go to Planning gt Planning Board and the following screen will be displayed st Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting BB system Administrator Planning Board Planning Product Backlog a Detailed View M Incidents _ Tasks LI Test Cases Group By By Component gt Unassigned Items gt 4 Administration gt Author Management gt Book Management By default the system will display the planning board in the product backlog view with the backlog organized by component You can change the view by click on the Planning drop down list e Product Backlog This displays a list of all the backlog items that are not currently scheduled for a specific release or iteration The items can be organized by component package priority or person e All Releases This displays a list of all the releases as well as the product backlog and is designed to le
262. led information itself and the bottom part of the right pane contains related information about the test step The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the test step list as well as a list of the peer test steps to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the detailed information of all the peer test steps by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the test step list page You can also switch between seeing the list of test steps with the current filter applier or simply unfiltered The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular test step You can edit the various fields description expected result and sample data and custom properties Once you are satisfied with them simply click the lt Save gt button just below the fields to commit the changes If you want to add a new test step to the test case you should click lt Save and News gt instead The lower part of the right pane can be switched between three different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Incidents mode but it can be switched to Attachments and History modes if so desired Each of the views is described separately below 5 3 1 Incidents In this mode the main pane displays a list of any incidents that are associated with this test step They can either be linked indirectly due to
263. lending records for a typical branch library Task 23 Write edition object insert queries Requirement ID RQ 12 Status Not Started Release 1 0 0 0 0003 Priority 1 Critical Assigned To Fred Bloggs Created On 01 Dec 2003 Start Date 11 Mar 2004 Last Modified 01 Dec 2003 End Date 12 Mar 2004 Estimated Effort 3 hours 0 mins Complete 0 Actual Effort 11 6 Release Reports 11 6 1 Release Summary Report This report displays all of the releases and iterations defined for the current project in the order they appear in the release iteration hierarchy The release s details are displayed in a summary list form Release Summary Report This report displays all of the releases and iterations defined for the current project in the order they appear in the release iteration hierarchy The release s details are displayed in a summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library General Testing Information Rel Name Version Number Description Creator Creation Date Iteration Active Start Date End Date Failed Passed Blocked Caution Not Run Task Progress Planned Effort 18 Tasks si 50 On This is the Schedule Library initial 12 Running System release of Fred 15 Feb 2004 N 12 Mar gt tate 216 hours 0 Release the Library Bloggs 2004 mins 1 Management ape System 26 Not Started 0 Tasks cake S
264. lines how you can log into SpiraTeam view your personalized home page that lists the key tasks that you need to focus on and drill down into each of your assigned projects in a single dashboard view In addition to your personal homepage each of your projects has its own dashboard that depicts the overall project health and status in a single comprehensive view 3 1 Login Screen Upon entering the SpiraTeam URL provided by your system administrator into your browser you will see the following login screen You need to enter your given user name and password into the system in the appropriate boxes then click the lt Log In gt button to gain access to the application Normally you only remain logged in to the application whilst in active use and you will be asked to log in again after either closing the browser or 20 minutes of inactivity To prevent this and stay logged in to SpiraTeam regardless of browser window closing or inactivity select the Keep me logged in check box before clicking the lt Log In gt button Note that this setting is specific to each individual computer you are logging in from and that it will be reset when you explicitly log out with the log out link described in more detail in section 3 3 If for any reason you are unable to login with the provided username password combination and error message will be displayed If you cannot remember the correct log in information click on the Forgot your pas
265. lized Remaining 24 0h 15 0h 9 0h 24 0h 15 0h 0h 24 0h 00h 24 0h aa RQ 17 Z IN 5 Ability to link authors to their contact Cannot install system on Oracle 9i lormation inf You can click on the expand collapse icons to hide any resources that are not relevant The system will display a progress bar for each resource to illustrate the allocation for that resource Any resource that has a progress bar that is completely green has been fully scheduled and should not have any additional items assigned If the progress bar for that resource turns red it means that they have been over scheduled and you need to reassign some of the items Above the resource headings there are sections with the release and iteration name they contain backlog items that are scheduled for the current release or iteration but have not yet been assigned to a resource You can drag and drop the backlog items between resources or to from the release iteration backlog Any backlog items not assigned to a resource and release iteration will be listed in the Unassigned Items section at the top 13 4 3 Iteration Backlog Tasks by Person This view is designed to let you see the tasks in the current iteration sprint plan organized by resource person Each of the users that is a member of the current iteration is displayed as a heading with the tasks displayed in the same column underneath This view is often called
266. loggs 16 0h 15 2h 16 0h D ability to completely erase all books stored in th 1 Critical Ea 4 10 0h 9 5h 10 0h o Ability to create different editions Fred Bloggs 16 0h 10 3h 7 5h aA Develop new edition entry screen Fred Bloggs 8 0h 7 0h 9 0h A Create edition object insert method Fred Bloggs 5 0h 3 3h 5 8h A write edition object insert queries Fred Bloggs 3 0h 3 0h re Ability to edit existing authors in the system 16 0h 0 0h 16 0h re Ability to edit existing authors in the system 16 0h 0 0h 16 0h oO Ability to delete existing authors in the system Fred Bloggs 14 0h 3 2h 10 8h 2 Ability to link authors to their contact informati Fred Bloggs 0 0h 0 0h 0 0h g D Ability to import from legacy system x Fred Bloggs Show 15 rows per page O Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs 2wa a 2h Se 6 Fred Bloggs WEEE gooo gpa a m M Displaying page Fa of 1 gt 9 1 2 Incidents This tab displays the list of incidents that are assigned to the current resource Reqs amp Tasks Incidents Test Sets Actions Cannot add a new book to the system Ability to associate multiple authors Test System Limitation Test Training ltem Editing the date on a book is clunky Test Training Item Test Change Request Ability to import data from excel Test System Limitation IN 000007 IN 000021 IN 000046 IN 000040 IN 000008 IN 000041 IN 000053 IN 000023 IN 000048 3 Nov 2003 16 Nov 2003 3 Dec 2003 2 De
267. m e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document to the requirement you need to first click the Add New link to display the new attachment dialog box Add New Document Add New Document e Add New Document Type o Fae URL Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Filename Browse J No fe selected URL Description Description Screenshot Functional Specification Document Type Functional Specfication Document Type Document Folder Root Folder Document Folder Please paste your nage using the CTRL V keyboard command Tags Tags Description Document Type Functional Spectication Document Folder Rost Folder Tags There are three different types of item that can be attached to a requirement gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g hitp mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To atta
268. m will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image 10 1 2 View Document Information When you hover the mouse pointer over any of the documents displayed in the document list an information panel will be displayed that contains the name description version document type and meta tags of the document S Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting E Bloggs Documents eee es Eaa dP Add Document Delete Refresh Expo Y Eiere Nemsin CunentFower 7 a Root Folder m CreateNewAuthor Displaying 1 5 out of 5 document s in the current folder m CreateNewBook DocumentNames sy AY Size AY Edited By AY Edited On AV Author AY VM amp Design Documents Cy Any 7 Any 7 m ae Dc Edit xistingAuthor I i sequence Diagram for BY 3 bith 93 May 2006 Fred Bloggs pc000007 IF Graphical Design Mockug Sequence Diagram for Book Mgt pdf jmith 30 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000013 H EditE xistingBook amp Misc Documents H Screen Captures E sii 4 22 Apr 2006 Fred Blo DC000012 m 2 Use Case Diagram vsd Filename Sequence Diagram for Book Mgt pdf pags wags ji 99s i Specifications F Author Management Scr Document Type UML Diagram pags 1 Apr 2006 Joe P Smith DC000008 p Aan co 6 Book Management Screq File Type PDF bggs 31 Mar 2006 Joe P Smith DC0
269. ma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 Snapshot Graphs 11 8 1 Requirements Coverage Graph The requirements coverage graph shows how many requirements are currently in a project according to their test coverage status Requirement Graphs Wt x Requirements Coverage 1 Low i Medium t Highi Critical Passed Failed Blocked Caution Mot Ruri Hot Covered gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The x axis of the report represents the various test execution statuses that a requirement can have as its coverage status plus the Not Covered status and the individual bars are grouped by the requirements importance Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph You can also filter the graph to just display data for a specific release iteration as well as for the project as a whole In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 2 Requirements Burndown Graph The
270. member of This typically means that the project manager has assigned you to be responsible for executing the test cases contained within the test set against a specified release of the system under test To aid in this process the test set name Is displayed along with its status the project it belongs to the number of remaining test cases to be executed and the date by which all the tests need to have been run If you click on the test set name hyperlink you will be taken to the details page for this test set see section 5 6 and the project that the test set belongs to will be made your current project If you click on the gt Execute link listed below it will actually launch the test cases contained within the test set in the test case execution module see section 5 4 so that you can easily carry out your assigned testing task 3 2 6 My Pending Test Runs This section lists any test runs that you started executing in the test case module but haven t yet completed Once a test case or test set is executed a pending test run entry is stored in the system so that you can continue execution at a later date Any pending test run can be either deleted or resumed by clicking on the appropriate link 3 2 My Assigned Tasks This section lists all the project tasks that you have been made the owner of across all the different projects you are a member of This typically means that the manager of the project in question has assigned
271. mes The displayed columns can be any standard field or custom property You can also filter the results by choosing items from the filter options displayed in the sub header row of each field and clicking the Apply Filter link In addition you can quickly sort the list by clicking on one of the directional arrow icons displayed in the header row of the appropriate field 5 2 7 Releases This tab displays the name of the test case together with the release mapping information for the test case in question Overview Req Coverage Test Runs Releases Incidents Attachments History Available Releases Mapped Releases a 1 0 0 0 Library System Relea RL000001 10 0 0 Library System Rele Active 1 1 0 0 Library System Relea RL000002 1 0 1 0 Library System Rele Active 1 2 0 0 Library System Relea RLO00003 1 0 2 0 Library System Relea Active RLO00004 1 1 0 0 Library System Rele Active RLO00017 4 1 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 Active RL000018 4 1 0 0 0002 Iteration 002 Active RLO00019 f 4 1 0 0 0003 Iteration 003 Active The release coverage box indicates the releases that are currently mapped against the test case To associate releases with this test case choose from the list above and click Add You can use the Remove and Remove All buttons to remove releases that are no longer c
272. mpleted 2 Dec 2003 Failed 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith This incident is TS 2 related to the test step Test Run Ability to create new book Test Run Ability to RQ 9 IN 6 RQ 30 TR 1 create new book Test Run Ability to create new book lt Displaying page Be of 1 gt P Implicit Requirement Developed 30 Nov 2003 Fred Bloggs RQ 4 E Ability to add new books to the system Show rows per page gt Create a new requirement from this incident The incidents and tasks in this list are ones that a user has decided are relevant to the current one and has created a direct link between them In the case of requirements and test cases the association can be either due to the creator of an incident directly linking the incident to the requirement or test step or it can be the result of a tester executing a test run and creating an incident during the test run In this latter case the check box to the left of the association will be unavailable as the link is not editable Each association is displayed with the type of association related to vs a dependency name of the artifact being linked to type of artifact requirement incident etc the name of the person who created the association and a comment that describes why the association was made In the case of an indirect association due to a test run the comment will contain the name of
273. n popup dialog box r Add New Association Please choose the type of artifact that you want to add an association to Incident Requirement Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to a Enter Artifact ID Inf b Choose from list O cannot log into the application 1 Not able to add new author o0 Clicking on link throws fatal error O Database not backing up correctly Type Related to y fF y Comment gt Add Cancel Once you have selected the appropriate artifact type you will then be able to choose the specific artifact you want to link to In all cases you can choose the item from a scrolling selection box or you can either enter the ID of the artifact directly if known In either case you can also add a comment that explains the rationale for the association and choose the type of association being created Related to this is used to specify that the two artifacts are simply related Depends on this is used to specify that the current artifact has a dependency on the one being linked to 5 Test Case Management This section outlines how the use case test case management features of SpiraTest and SpiraTeam can be used to develop the business use cases for the system which specify how the different pieces of functionality are expected to work in practice In addition these use test cases form the basis of the busine
274. n this section displays all the steps of the test case as they appeared during the test run in question This means that if the test steps were changed after running the test the list here will reflect the original information v Test Steps RS000001 User logs in to application User taken to main 1C000017 TS000019 menu screen RS000002 User clicks link to create book User taken to first TC000002 TS000002 screen in wizard RS000003 Userenters books name and User taken to next Macbeth William TC000002 T5000003 An error page is displayed No author then clicks Next screen in wizard Shakespeare such object or with block variable at line 473 gt View Incidents Each test run step is displayed along with the description expected result suggested sample data a link back to the current version of the test step in question the actual result and the execution status for this step in this particular test run Where an actual result was recorded you will have an additional hyperlink View Incidents displayed This allows you to view any incidents that are associated with this particular test run step Incident List for Test Run Step RS 000003 ID IncidentName Type Status Priority Severity Owner INO00007 By Cannot add a new book to the Bug Assigned Joe P 4 Nov 2003 Joe P Smith system Smith Clicking on the link will open up a popup dialog box that displays a list of all the inciden
275. n click the appropriate button Attachments gt Add New Displaying 1 O out of O attachment s Document Name Y Type 4 Edited On 4V Author 4 Show 15 rows per page 4 lt 4 Displaying page a of 0 gt gt i If the expected results are indeed observed then you simply need to click the lt Pass gt button to mark the test step as passed and advance to the next test step or if all the steps have passed you can click lt Pass All gt to pass all the steps at once This is illustrated in the screen shot below SpiraTeam gt Test Case Execution Test Run Navigation A Pass Alll Blocked O Caution Fail Pause Testing New Functionality TX5 E BA Ability to create new author Person loses book and needs to report loss TC000012 W Step 1 TC16 Mi Step 2 TC17 Step 3 TC4 S w Fj Step 4 TC4 Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below Step 5 TC4 User opens up browser and enters application URL Fy Step 6 TC4 http www libraryinformationsystem com beta i _ Ability to reassign book to d i _ Person loses book and need _ Step 1 TC16 Expected Result E step 2 TC17 The browser loads the login web page C step 3 TC12 E W step 4 TC12 E W step 5 TC12 aL P Adding new book and autho Sample Data http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it
276. n handling IN 15 Ability to associate multiple authors Operating System Windws8 y Web Browser Multiple Internal vi Ranking 2 Review Date 7412012 Difficulty Moderate Reviewer Fred Bloggs Decimal 1 0 v Description E pj Lennom When I click on the button to add a book enter the new information and click submit get a subscript out of range error Show 5 rows This page is made up of three areas the left pane is the navigation window where you can quickly jump to other incidents as well as execute workflow transitions see below the upper part of the right pane contains the incident detailed information itself and the bottom part of the right pane displays different information associated with the incident The navigation pane consists of a link that will take you back to the incidents list as well as a list of the peer incidents to the one selected This latter list is useful as a navigation shortcut you can quickly view the peer incidents by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the incidents list page The navigation list can be switched between four different modes e The list of incidents matching the current filter e The list of all incidents irrespective of the current filter e The list of incidents assigned to the current user e The list of incidents detected found by the current user In addition to the left hand navigation
277. n in the help manual By default the reading pane will open to the help item that is most closely related to the screen you happened to be on when you clicked the Help link 3 3 4 Choose Project and Project Group Choosing a project from the list of your assigned projects in the drop down menu allows you to quickly and easily jump between projects regardless of the page you happen to be on When you choose a project you will be taken to the same page in the selected project assuming that you have permissions to view that page You can use CTRL click to open the new project in a separate browser tab v Internal Projects v gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting i My Page gt Fred Bloggs Library Information System Welcome Fred Bloggs to Your ings Add Items Display data for All Projects Current Project Sample Application One My Projects Sample Application Two Quick Launch Project Name Group Creation Date gt Create Incident in Library Information System Similarly you can choose a different project group from the list of project groups which will display the project group dashboard for the selected project group External Projects Welcom internal Projects oard Modify Layout Settings Add Items 3 3 5 Instant Messenger The Spira instant messenger is available in both SpiraPlan and SpiraTeam and allows you to send short messages instantaneously to other
278. n more detail and allows you to add new information or change its status to indicate actions taken In addition if you position the mouse pointer over the name of the incident a more detailed description is displayed as a tooltip 3 2 9 My Detected Incidents This section lists all the open incidents that you have detected across all the different projects you are a member of These incidents are not necessarily ones that you need to take an active role in resolving but since you were the originator either by executing a test case or just logging a standalone incident you can watch them to make sure that they are resolved in a timely manner Clicking on the incident name hyperlink takes you to the incident details page see section 6 2 that describes the incident in more detail and allows you to add new information or change its status to indicate actions taken In addition if you position the mouse pointer over the name of the incident a more detailed description is displayed as a tooltip 3 2 10 Quick Launch This widget allows users to quickly record a new incident in any of the projects that they belong to Its a shortcut that avoids having to first select a project go to Tracking gt Incidents and then click New Incident Instead you simply choose the project from the dropdown list and click the arrow icon to bring up the new incident creation screen 3 2 11 My Contacts This widget displays a list of any
279. n statuses new open assigned reopen To change the column that is sorted or to change the direction of the current sort simply click on the up down arrow icon in the appropriate column The currently sorted column is indicated by the larger white arrow with the back border In the screen shot above we are filtering on type bug and sorting by decreasing priority Clicking on Filter gt Clear Filter removes any set filters and expands the incident list to display all incidents for the current project and clicking on Filter gt Save Filter allows you to save the filter to your My Page for use in the future The list of saved filters can also be retrieved by clicking Filter gt Retrieve Filter As a shortcut the left hand panel includes a set of Quick Filters that can be applied in a single click e My Filters This section displays any saved incident filters created by the current user e Shared Filters This section displays any saved incident filters created in the current project and listed as shared by the person who created them e Components This section lists the components defined for the current project Clicking on any of the components in the list will filter the incidents to only show those that are associated with the selected component e Releases This section lists the releases and iterations defined for the current project Clicking on any of the releases or iterations in the list will filter t
280. n the system all you need to do is select the check boxes of the task s you want to export and then click Tools gt Export This will then bring up a list of possible destination projects Tasks dpNewTask 3 Delete Refresh O Copy fj Toolsy Showhide columns Displaying 1 4 out of 43 task s for this project Filtering results by Progress Clear Fillers Internal Projects gt Library Information System search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting i Bloggs pania _ o an L ete _ a Export Items at yeas repe Z Develop new fition entry screen Fred Bloggs L0 0 0 0003 TK000021 D Z Creates edition object ear Ii Please select the project you want to export to Fred Bloggs 19 0 0 0003 TK000022 4 2 Create author object delete method E sapa Fred Bloggs 10 00 0903 TK000028 ZI Write author object delate query T aai gt Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TKO00029 t Show 15 w rows per page 44 Displaying page f1 l of1 gt i Once you have chosen the destination project and clicked the lt Export gt button the tasks will be exported from the current project to the destination project Any file attachments will also be copied to the destination project along with the tasks 8 1 10 Printing Items To quickly print a single task or list of tasks you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing
281. n to these administration functions each user profile and project has its own personalized dashboard view of all the pertinent and relevant information This feature reduces the information overload associated with managing such a rich source of project information and allows a single user or project snapshot to be viewable at all times for rapid decision making 2 8 Document Management Spiraleam includes an integrated document management collaboration system that can be used to upload manage and share documents between the different members of the project This module includes support for uploading files and URLs versioning of documents the ability to organize into folders and categorize and search using meta tags 2 9 Source Code Tracking SpiraPlan and SpiraTeam provide the ability to browse your source code repository from within the main web application This is an excellent way for managers and casual users of the project to browse the files and revisions of the software code without needing to install the version control software on their own workstations In addition for all users the ability to link source code revisions with SpiraTeam artifacts provides traceability from requirements incidents and tasks to the code changes that were made to implement the required feature or fix the identified defect Should a defect resurface later you can view the associated source code revisions to determine which changes were made and did
282. nformation on managing and scheduling test sets When you click on the Testing gt Automation Hosts global navigation link you will initially be taken to the automation host list screen illustrated below SE internal Projects gt Library Information System seach QQ Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs 7 Automation Hosts dp New Host Refresh Showmide columns Y Y biter Displaying 1 4 out of 4 automation host s for this project E Name A J rok ma a AH Any Y B Windows 8 Host Win 30 Apr 2009 AH000001 Internet Explorer Windows 8 BB Windows Vista Host 1 WinVista 1 May 2009 AH000002 Internet Explorer Windows Vista a Windows Vista Host 2 WinVista2 2 May 2009 AH000003 Mozilla Firefox Windows Vista a Windows 7 Host Win 3 May 2009 AH000004 Internet Explorer Windows 7 Show 15 rows per page 4 Displaying page S of 1 The automation host list screen displays all the automation hosts entered for the current project ina filterable sortable grid The grid displays the automation host ID together with fields such as name description last modified token and any custom properties The choice of columns displayed is configurable per user per project giving extensive flexibility when it comes to viewing and searching automation hosts In addition you can view a more detailed description of the automation host by positioning the mouse pointer over the host name hyperlink
283. ng on book name will find any artifacts that include either of the two words book and name in the name or description Searching on book name will only return items that have that exact phrase in either the name or description Searching on TC2 will display just the Test Case with ID 2 Search Results The following 1 results match your keyword s joe US3 Joe P Smith Friday December 31 2070 Finally you can also use the Global Search to locate specific users that you want to send an instant message to Search Results The following 1 results match your keyword s joe US3 Joe P Smith Friday December 31 2070 3 3 2 Log Out Clicking on the Log Out link will immediately log you out of your current session and return you to the login page illustrated in section 3 1 If you had set the Keep Me Logged In option during your previous login that setting will be reset so if you want to avoid having to keep logging in you ll need to re check that box during your next log in 3 3 3 Help Clicking on this link on any page will bring up the online version of this manual shown below Table of Contents 1 Introduction i i i y gt sasa peme an remo ont Once you have successfully logged in you will initially be taken to your personalized home E 4 Requirements Management page called My Page 4 1 Requirements List 4 1 1 Insert 4 1 2 Delete 4 1 3 Indent 4 1 4 Outdent oem Se
284. ng y Testing y Tracking y Reporting Display data for All Projects in Internal Projects v gt ee SS ee ee amp Fred Bloggs 45 0h 5 8h 50 8h 0 0h US000002 amp Joe Smith 34 0h 3 3h 37 3h 0 0h US000003 Show 15 w rows per page 4 1 Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt Resources Refresh Y Filter v Displaying 1 2 out of 2 resources in the current project group There is a colored progress bar column called Allocation that graphically illustrates the of the person s available effort that has been scheduled If a person is over scheduled this bar will turn red In addition if any project resources have been assigned more work that they have time to complete during the length of the release iteration the background color of the remaining effort value will be also be colored in red indicating that you need to offload some of the work to other project resources Clicking on a resource name will take you to the Resource Details page 9 1 Resource Details The resource details page will show you what artifacts a resource has been assigned and time values for the items A small table on the left will show current configured values for the project for of hours per workday of days per week and how many non work hours per month there are S y Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning y Testing Tracking Reporting Resources gt Resource Det
285. ngs whether to use Priority or Severity for the display and also how many rows of data to display 3 5 8 Top Open Risks This section displays a breakdown of the top risks logged against any of the projects in the group in order of decreasing priority Note that items not given a priority are listed at the top since critical risks could be lurking in that list and the project manager will want to immediately review these to assign priorities Clicking on the risk item hyperlink will take you to the incident details page for the risk in question see section 6 2 You can configure in the settings whether to use Priority or Severity for the display and also how many rows of data to display 3 6 My Profile When you click on either the My Profile link in the global navigation you will be taken to the page in the system that allows you to view and edit your personal profile Please review the information listed below and make any changes if necessary Click Update to save changes User Logo Upload New The Avatar image cannot be more than 100k in size and no larger than 100x100 pixels square Only JPG GIF and PNG image types are allowed You will need to clear your browser cache to see the new avatar Browse User Name ID fredbloggs US 000002 First Name Fred Middle Initial Last Name Bloggs RSS Token W Enable RSS Feeds 7 nc FL ne 830 3 AA V6 B3 7E_CARCE noe 4 Ae 2 Department
286. nt Filename2 xls gt Add Cancel Comment This is a related document You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the document s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 5 3 3 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the test step artifact since its creation An example test step change history is depicted below Incidents Attachments History gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 2 out of 2 change s 2 May 2006 Expected Result User taken to first screen User taken to next screen in Fred Bloggs Modified wizard 4 Mar 2005 Expected Result User taken to first screen Joe P Smith Modified Show 15 V rows per page Displaying page a Rofi P The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 5
287. nt was a file instead of a URL then all revisions will need to be files similarly if the original document was a URL all revisions will need to be URLs 10 2 2 Edit Document Associations This view displays a list of the artifacts in the current project that are associated with the current document If you originally uploaded the document as an attachment to a requirement test case etc then an initial association will be already listed otherwise it will be empty Versions Associations 14 Feb 2004 i Library System Release 1 Fred Bloggs Release RL000001 gt Delete 30 Nov 2003 X Ability to create new book Fred Bloggs Test Case TCO000002 gt Delete gt Add Association From this screen you can either delete an existing artifact association or add a new association from the current document to a pre existing artifact in the system To add the association click on the Add Association hyperlink at the bottom of the grid Add New Association Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to cca Artifact ID Then you need to select the type of artifact being associated requirement test case incident etc and the numeric ID of the artifact and click Add Association to confirm the addition For example to add an association to Requirement RQ00005 you would choose Artifact Type Requirement and Artifact ID 5 11 Reports Center This section describes the reporting fe
288. nts and tasks so if some of your assigned incidents or tasks are missing please check with the project owner of the projects affected to have them enable time tracking Each task or incident will be displayed along with its priority severity start date end date project name effort remaining and effort expended to date For each item you can then indicate the additional actual effort performed which will be added to the actual effort and modify the amount of hours remaining Once you are satisfied click Submit Timecard to commit the changes 4 Requirements Management This section outlines how the requirements management features of SpiraTeam can be used to develop a requirements scope matrix for a project and how you can map any existing test cases to the requirements Typically when starting a project developing the requirements list is the first activity after the Administrator has set up the project in the system 4 1 Requirements List When you click on the Planning gt Requirements link on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the requirements list screen illustrated below B Internal Projects L rary information Sawm MEY gt Testi o Trcbiig Blagge gt indent G Quident juruMmerdtis for Pee project Shared Fert Components nm j Releases 1 Litrery System Release 1 A Library System Reloawe 1 SP1 ineradon 0 8 theretion 0072 inerat on 003 Librery Syston Reloase
289. o choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document or web link to the incident you need to click on the Add New hyperlink to open the Add Attachment dialog box There are three different types of item that can be attached to an incident gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link URL to the artifact you need to choose URL as the type and then enter the fully qualified URL e g http mywebsite com Document 1 an optional description and then click the lt Upload gt button to attach the web link gt To attach a screenshot to the artifact you need to choose Screenshot as the type and then copy the image to your computer s clipboard e g on Windows computers the PRINT SCREEN button captures the current page and adds to the clipboard Once the image is in the clipboard paste it into the editor using CTRL V or the equivalent keystroke for your operating system and the item will appear in the preview window You can then fill in the other fields and click lt Upload gt to attach the image Note If
290. o folders you can also create separate groupings of test cases called test sets which can then be assigned to testers as a package To view the list of test sets for a project click on Testing gt Test Sets in the global navigation v Internal Projects y gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ices 9 Test Sets qP linsen y 3 Delete indent lt QOuident ShowLevei V Ry Refresh hy Edit v Tools y Shownide columns Displaying 8 out of 8 test setis for this project v Any Y TX amp Functional Test Sets 4 Feb 2007 In Progress Tx000008 z Testing Cycte for Release 1 0 7 4 Feb 2007 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith in Progress TX000001 Z Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 9 6 Feb 2007 1 Dec 2003 Joe P Smith Not Started Tx000002 sy Testing New Functionality 4 93 Feb 2007 27 Dec 2012 Fred Bloggs in Progress Tx000005 z Exploratory Testing 2 Fred Bloggs Deferred Tx000006 amp Regression Test Sets Completed TX000009 Windows 3 4 Fred Bloggs Completed Tx000003 3 Regression Testing for Windows Vista 4 Completed Tx000004 Show 15 y rows per page 4 lt 4 Displaying page a ofl The test set list consists of hierarchical list of all the test sets in the current project organized into folders When you create a new project this list will initially be empty and you will have to use the lt Insert gt button to start adding test sets to the system Each t
291. o the project team The system will track the progress and revised estimates for the tasks and display them against the requirements so that risks to the schedule can be quickly determined 2 2 Test Case Management Spiraleam provides the ability to create edit and delete project test cases that are stored ina hierarchical folder structure that resembles Windows Explorer Each test case consists of a set of test steps that represent the individual actions a user must take to complete the test These test steps also contain a description of the expected result and any sample data elements that the tester should use when performing the action When a user executes a test case the results are stored in a test run that contains the success failure status of each test step as well as the actual observed result that the tester experienced In addition each test case is mapped to one or more requirements that the test is effectively validating providing the test coverage for the requirement During the execution of the test case each failure can be optionally used to record a new incident which can then be managed in the incident tracking module see below This provides complete traceability from a recorded incident to the underlying requirement that was not satisfied To streamline the assignment and tracking of multiple test cases SpiraTeam allows users to select groups of test cases and arrange them into test sets Each test set can contain
292. ode Revisions Displaying 1 2 out of 2 andi ange A O aw Y Ce Ce cs Ce Ceit 1 Prerequisite for 23 Refactor book screen to include delete button Task Completed 8 Dec 2009 Fred Bloggs Need to create TK 7 gt Edit the screen before refactoring Source Code A rev0012 Revision 10 Sep 2014 Fred Bloggs Implements e requirement RQ 5 and also completes t Show 15 rows per page id lt Displaying page 1 of 1 gt gt Each association is displayed with the type of association related to vs a dependency name of the artifact being linked to type of artifact task incident etc the name of the person who created the association and a comment that describes why the association was made In addition when using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam you can select the checkbox marked Include Source Code Revisions and the system will also scan the source code repository for any revisions that are linked to this artifact This feature allows you to display the list of any changes in the source code repository that were the result of implementing the functionality described in the task Clicking on the revision name takes you to the revision details page which is described in more detail in the Source Code section of this guide You can perform the following actions gt Delete removes the selected association to the other artifact This will only delete the association not the linked artifact itself
293. on 26 Oct 2004 In this mode each of the widgets displayed on the page can be minimized by clicking on the arrow icon in the top left of the window or closed by clicking on the cross icon x in the top right of the window This allows you to customize your page to reflect the types of information that are relevant If you have closed a widget that you subsequently decide you want to reopen you can add them back to the page display by clicking the Add Items hyperlink at the top of the page In addition the various widgets have a settings icon that allows you to customize how that widget appears The settings are specific to each widget and in general allow you to specify how many rows of data are displayed and what columns are displayed You can move and reposition the various widgets on the dashboard by clicking the mouse on the title bar of the widget you want to move and dragging it to the desired location This change will be remembered when you next login to the system Once you have the dashboard configured the way you like it you can click Return to Normal View to switch back to view mode When you load your My Page for the first time it will consists of the following main elements Vv My Projects My Saved Searches My Assigned Requirements My Assigned Test Cases My Assigned Test Sets My Pending Test Runs My Assigned Incidents My Detected Incidents My Assigned Tasks VV VV
294. on 2 Document Filename10 ppb Document Filename11 htm a Date Editing Screenshot jp Specifications g 3 Test Results Error Logging in Screen shi 4 E Traininc mis 5 kia I A aean al m Aa 4 Test Scripts _ _ Pye ree ee 4 tt 7 rt a Document Filename2 xls gt Add Cancel Comment This is a related document You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the document s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 4 2 7 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the requirement artifact since its creation An example requirement change history is depicted below Overview Test Coverage Attachments History Associations gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 2 out of 2 change s a ji Eam W M 12 2 May 2006 Status In Progress Completed Fred Bloggs Modified 4 4 Mar 2005 Status Requested In Progress Joe P Smith Modified Show 15 rows per page i Displaying page a Sof 1P The change history displays the date that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and n
295. on Status 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 EJ 1 1 0 0 0004 Iteration 001 1 1 0 0 0002 Iteration 002 EJ 1 1 0 0 0003 Iteration 003 3 4 9 Incident Summary This section consists of a summary table that displays the aggregate count of incidents in the system broken down by priority on the x axis and status on the y axis This allow the project manager to determine how many critical vs low priority incidents are waiting to be addressed and how many new items need to be categorized and assigned Clicking on the View Details link at the top of the table simply brings up the incident list see section 6 1 whereas clicking on the individual values in the cells will display the incident list with the filter set to match the priority and status of the value By default this summary table displays the total count of all incidents regardless of type however my changing the drop down list to a specific incident type e g bug enhancement issue etc the project manager can filter the summary table to just items of that tyoe You can also configure in the settings whether to use Priority or Severity for the x axis 3 4 10 Test Execution Status This section consists of a bar graph that displays the aggregated count of test cases in each execution status for the project Note that this graph does not consider past test runs when calculating the totals in each status Passed Failed Not Run etc it simply looks at ea
296. on loses book and needs to report loss A 2 Adding new book and author 1o libeary amp Common Tests 2 E Open Up Web Browser r eps Login to Application Show 15 rows per page 5 1 10 Copying Test Cases a 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 30 Nov 2003 a Fred Bloggs Joa P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs TC000007 TC000008 TC000009 TC000010 TC000011 TC000012 TC000013 TC000015 TC000016 TC000017 gt Edit 44 Displaying page 1 Sof 1 To copy one or more test cases simply select the check boxes of the test cases you want to copy and then select the Edit gt Copy menu option This will copy the current test case selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the test cases to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The test cases will now be copied into the destination location you specified The name of the copied test cases will be prefixed with Copy of to distinguish them from the originals 5 1 11 Moving Test Cases To move test cases in the hierarchy there are two options 1 Click on the icon the test case folder you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The background of the destination location will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted
297. on with a valid usemame and password the system throws a fatal exception Type Priority Status Severity Opened By Opened On 01 Nov 2003 Assigned To Last Modified 01 Dec 2003 Detected In Release Closed On Resolved In Release Verified In Release 1010 Notes Operating System Incident New Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Associations Name Sample Test Artifact Type Test Run Incident Requirement The book listing screen doesn t sort Ability to create new users in the system File Attachments Filename Bug Stack Trace txt Error Logging in Screen shot gif 11 5 Task Reports 11 5 1 Task Summary Report Created By Fred Bloggs Comment Test Run Sample Test Joe P Smith Joe P Smith This incident and bug are related Test Run Sample Test Captured screen shot of the error that was raised when attempting to log in to the library application Date 01 Nov 2006 16 Mar 2004 01 Dec 2003 Author Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Date Uploaded 04 May 2006 24 Apr 2006 This report displays all of the tasks tracked for the current project The task s details are displayed ina summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Task Name White edition object 23 insert quenes Develop edit author details screen Create author 25 object update method Write author object update que
298. ore complex tasks will be change the graph more than the smaller tasks To determine the exact task progress information position the mouse pointer over the bar chart and the number of associated tasks along with the details of how many are in each status will be displayed as a tooltip Clicking on a release s hyperlink will take you to the release details page for the item in question see section 7 2 7 1 1 Filtering You can easily filter the list of releases as illustrated in the screen shot below Internal Projects y gt Library information System search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs ee Releases dhinsert y 3 Delete indent lt Outdent snowlevei Y Refresh Gy Edit y Tools y Shownide cotunms Displaying 7 out of 19 release s for this project Filtering results by Iteration Clear Filters Test Coverage 58 29 Feb 2004 11 Mar 2004 gt Edi T Library System Ret No Tasks 12 Mar 2004 29 Mar 2004 RL000002 gt Edit 31 Mar 2004 29 Apr 2004 RL000003 2 Library System Release 1 1 14 0ct 2004 26 Oct 2004 No D Library System Release 115P N 31 Oct 2004 29 Nov 2004 No RL000005 gt Edit O Library System Release 11 SP i 30 Nov 2004 30 Dec 2004 No RLOO0007 eae Library System Release 200 31 Mar 2005 1 Apr 2005 No RLO00006 edk Show 15 w rows per page e lt Displaying page 1 Sof 1h To filter the list by any of the displayed columns you either choose
299. ot Graphs 165 4 Requirements Management 39 11 9 Date Range Graphs 172 4 1 Requirements List 39 12 Source Code 176 eon equi ment 2 etale 12 1 Source Code File List 176 5 Test Case Management 95 12 2 Source Code File Details 177 5 1 Test Case List 55 12 3 Source Code Revision List 179 5 2 Test Case Details 61 12 4 Source Code Revision Details179 5 3 Test Step Details 73 13 Planning Board 182 Sree eee teehee eek ee 13 1 Product Backlog Planning 185 2 0 Pest Run EIS BY 13 2 Release Planning 187 poste hale a 13 3 Release Backlog Planning 188 aa aa Bo 13 4 Iteration Backlog Planning 191 5 8 Test Set Details 88 14 Mobile Access 194 14 1 Executing Test Cases Sets 194 1 Introduction Spiraleam is an integrated Application Lifecycle Management ALM system that manages your project s requirements releases test cases issues and tasks in one unified environment SpiraTeam contains all of the features provided by SpiraTest our highly acclaimed quality assurance system and SpiraPlan our agile enabled project management solution With integrated customizable dashboards of key project information SpiraTeam allows you to take control of your entire project lifecycle and synchronize the hitherto separate worlds of development and testing This user manual outlines the features and functionality available in SpiraTeam and demonstrates how to use the application for managing the quality assurance and
300. ou can filter the results displayed by various parameters as well as choose which elements of the report are displayed gt Requirements Detailed gt Requirements Plan gt Report Format gt Requirements Traceability gt Report Elements gt Requirements Details Standard Field Filters Requirements Details Custom Property Filters If would like to save this report for future use please give it a name below before clicking the Create Report button Report Name would like to share this report with other members of the project You can configure the reports in the following ways gt Report Format This allows you to specify the display format of the report Depending on the specific report they can be displayed as a web page HTML downloaded as a Microsoft Word document downloaded as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet or downloaded as a Microsoft Project file In addition there is a raw XML format that allows you to export the underlying report data into any external reporting system that supports XML import v Report Format Format Adobe Acrobat 7 HTML MS Word 2003 MS Word 2007 XML gt Report Elements This allows you to determine which types of information to include in the report This varies by report type but includes the dependent items related to the artifact being reported on attachments test steps co
301. overed by the test case The pane consists of two lists of releases iterations the one on the left being the complete hierarchical list of releases and iterations in the project The right box which will initially be empty contains the list of releases iterations mapped to this test case The releases in this box include columns for their ID name and active status Hovering the mouse over the names of the releases iterations in either box will display a tooltip consisting of the release iteration name place in the hierarchical structure and a detailed description Clicking on the hyperlinks in right hand box will jump you to the details screen for the release iteration in question see section 7 2 To change the release mapping for this test case you use the buttons Add Remove Remove All positioned between the two list boxes The lt Add gt button will move the selected releases from the list of available on the left to the list of mapped on the right Similarly the lt Remove gt and lt Remove All gt buttons will remove either the selected or all the releases from the right list box and add them back to the left list box 5 2 8 Incidents This tab displays the list of incidents associated with the current test case The incidents will either have been created during an execution of the test case and are thereby linked to one of the test runs or manually linked to one of the test steps in the test case Overview Req Covera
302. ows 8 4 Fred Bloggs Completed TX000003 Edit z Regression Testing for Windows Vista 4 Completed TXO00004 gt Edit Show 15 rows per page ie 4 Displaying page 4 S of 1 gt amp If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt buiton Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g to change the owner of five test sets from Fred Bloggs to Joe Smith you can click on the fill icon to the right of the editable item which will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 5 7 7 Show Level Choosing an indent level from the Show Level drop down box allows you to quickly and easily view the entire test set list at a specific indent level For example you may want to see all test sets drilled down to the third leve
303. p will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph Requirement Summary Graph Status 2 High 3 Medium Completed 0 In Progress 0 Planned 3 4 Requested gt Download Data As CSV Clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 7 2 Test Case Summary Graph The test case summary graph shows how many test cases are currently in a project The number of test cases is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the test case information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed X AXIS Group By Priority 7 Test Case Summary Graph E 3 Medium Mi 2 High Wi i Critical 0 z Blocked Caution Failed Hot Run gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the test case execution status and the individual bars are grouped by test case priority Each dat
304. page The navigation list can be switched between three different modes e The list of test sets matching the current filter e The list of all test sets irrespective of the current filter e The list of test sets assigned to the current user The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular test set You can edit the name and once you are satisfied any changes to the test set click either the lt Save gt or lt Save and News gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes In addition you can delete the current artifact by choosing lt Delete gt discard any changes made by clicking lt Refresh gt or print it by clicking lt Print gt Test Sets can be specified as being either for Manual or Automated test runs If you choose Manual then the test set can be executed by a tester from their My Page However if you choose Automated the test set will be executed by the automation host you specified In this case the planned date and time will be used by the automated test engine to know when to execute the automated test scripts For manual test sets only the date component is used In addition you can specify a recurrence schedule for the test set by changing the recurrence dropdown from One Time to Hourly Daily etc so that SpiraTeam executes the same test set according to the specified frequency The lower part of the right pane can be switched between
305. perlink will take you the appropriate revision 12 4 2 Associations This view displays a list of the SpiraTeam artifacts in the current project that are associated with the current revision This allows you to see which requirements incidents or tasks were affected by this specific change to the source code Files Associations 10 Sep 2014 Ability to edit existing books in the system Fred Bloggs Implements requirement RQ 5 and also completes t Requirement RQ000005 10 Sep 2014 4 Develop new book entry screen Fred Bloggs Implements requirement RQ 5 and also completes t Task TK000001 gt Add Association Clicking on the hyperlink for the artifact will take you to the appropriate artifact page inside the project assuming your user has permissions to access that information In addition to the associations that are created from within the source code management system you can add associations between source code revisions and SpiraTeam artifacts from within SpiraTeam interface itself To do this you simply need to click on the Add Association hyperlink Add New Association Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to sain ArtifactID id Comment To add the association you just need to select the type of artifact being associated requirement test case incident etc and the numeric ID of the artifact and then click the Add Association button For examp
306. perties that are read only have already been populated from the Test Set Web Browser Please Select y Operating System Please Select D W Sten 4 TC4 C qj Step 5 TC4 a eae Te iis EI v se B z y E EERR Galo H1 Ability to reassign book to di _ Person loses book and need w Step 1 TC16 C Qi Step 2 TC17 E R Step 3 701 O Gy Step 4 TC12 E 0 Step 5 7012 Hi E Adding new book and author Before actually executing the test scripts you need to select the release and optionally the specific build of the system that you will be testing against and any test run custom properties that have been defined by the project owner This ensures that the resulting test runs and incidents are associated with the correct release of the system and that the test runs are mapped to the appropriate custom properties e g operating system platform browser etc If you have not configured any releases for the project then the release drop down list will be disabled and the test runs incidents will not be associated with any particular release If the test run was launched from a test set the release and any list custom properties will be pre populated from the test set itself and will not be changeable on this screen unless they werent set by the test set Once you have chosen the appropriate release name and or custom properties click the lt Next gt button to begin executing
307. priority Note that items not given a priority are listed at the top since critical risks could be lurking in that list and the project manager will want to immediately review these to assign priorities Clicking on the risk item hyperlink will take you to the incident details page for the risk in question see section 6 2 You can configure in the settings whether to use Priority or Severity for the display and also how many rows of data to display 3 4 8 Release Test Summary This widget allows you to quickly ascertain the test execution status of each of the active releases that make up the current project in one snapshot Each release is displayed together with a graphical display that illustrates the execution status with different colored bars In addition if you hover the mouse over the graphical display it will display a tooltip that provides a more detailed description of the number of tests in each status Release Test Summary View Details Release Iteration Tests Execution Status IE 1 0 0 0 Library Sys Each release will display the aggregate status of any test cases directly assigned to itself together with the test status of any child iterations that are contained within the Release Clicking on one of the releases will drill you down one level further and display the test execution status for the parent release as well as each of the child iterations separately Release Test Summary Release Iteration Executi
308. project management processes on a typical project 1 1 Quality Assurance Quality Assurance is a key component of the Software Development Life Cycle SDLC which needs to be integrated into the planning and management of a program or project from its inception Too often though QA is implemented as Quality Control whereby testing that the required functionality works as expected is performed at the end when it is most costly to make corrections and changes To manage QA across a project from day one it is imperative that the original requirements are documented together with the use cases that validate the desired functionality These use cases then form the basis of the test scripts that can be executed to validate that the functionality has been correctly built and that the requirements have been satisfied During the execution of these test scripts failures may occur which are recorded as incidents either to be fixed or documented depending on the severity Typically these activities require people to use at least three different types of software gt Requirements Management gt Test Script Management gt Defect Issue Bug Tracking However this stove piped approach has many limitations and drawbacks most importantly the fact that there is no traceability between the different artifacts How can the project manager know that all the requirements have been tested Conversely how can the developer
309. r date range the x axis will switch to monthly Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 9 4 Open Incident Count Graph The open incident count chart displays the net number of open incidents in the system for the current project over a particular date range categorized by incident priority either for all incident types or for a specific incident type Graph Name Finer Date Range Incident Open Count In this version of the report the y axis represents the number of incidents and the x axis represents a specific week in the time span The exact count of each bar in the stacked histogram can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value You can also filter the type of incident being reported as well as change the date interval If you choose a smaller date range the x axis will switch from weekly to daily and if you choose a larger date range the x axis will switch to monthly Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Do
310. raTeam v4 0 000 en US UTC 5 View Full Site Log Out From this page you can view the list of your assigned test cases and test sets as well as any test runs that you were in the middle of executing You can click on the lt Execute gt buttons to run one of your assigned test cases test sets or click the lt Resume gt button to continue with a test run that you had previously started 14 1 Executing Test Cases Sets When you click on one of the lt Execute gt or lt Resume gt buttons on the My Page you will be taken to the mobile test execution screen SpiraTeam gt Test Case Execution Please Choose the Release and Custom Properties To Execute Against Release 1 2 0 0 Library System Release 2005 Build None Y Web Browser Please Select Operating System Peseseet o Y Notes You need to choose the release build and any test run custom properties then click the lt Next gt button to view the test cases and test steps SpiraTeam gt Test Case Execution Ability to create new author TC000004 Tests that the user can create a new author record in the system Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below User opens up browser and enters application URL http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Expected Result The browser loads the login web page Sample Data http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter
311. raph That way you can see both the aggregate test status and also the relative status for each project You can configure in the widget settings whether you want to see the aggregate bar graph and or the project specific test status 3 5 6 Incident Aging This section displays the number of days incidents have been left open in the system The chart is organized as a histogram with the count of incidents on the y axis for all projects in the group and different age intervals on the x axis Under the main bar graph is displayed a table containing each project in the group and a colored bar illustrating the distribution of open incidents by priority for that project That way you can see both the aggregate aging for the group and also the relative priority of open incidents for each project You can configure in the widget settings whether you want to see the aggregate aging histogram and or the project specific incident count by priority 3 5 7 Top Open Issues This section displays a breakdown of the top issues logged against any of the projects in the group in order of decreasing priority Note that items not given a priority are listed at the top since critical issues could be lurking in that list and the project manager will want to immediately review these to assign priorities Clicking on the issue item hyperlink will take you to the incident details page for the issue in question see section 6 2 You can configure in the setti
312. rating System 8 00am 8 30am 9 00am 10 00 am 10 30am 11 00 am Description 12 00 pm 12 30pm 1 00 pm 2 00 pm 2 30pm 3 00 pm Font Yj Sze Y 4 00pm 430pm 5 00pm This tests the functionality introduce 6 00 pm 6 30pm 7 00 pm 8 00 pm 8 30pm 9 00 pm 10 00 pm 10 30 pm 11 00 pm 5 8 2 Overview Comments The Comments section allows users to add and view discussions relating to the test set y Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first Fred Bloggs Wednesday November 19 2003 7 00 00 PM Thanks appreciate it Joe P Smith Monday November 10 2003 7 00 00 PM OK will make sure that we do Fred Bloggs Sunday November 09 2003 7 00 00 PM We need to make sure we get through this test set by the first release To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button E bal egn A Existing comments are displayed in order above the textbox in date order either newest first or oldest first To add a new comment simply enter it into the textbox and click the Save icon 5 8 3 Overview Test Cases This section displays the list of test cases contained within the test set You can add remove reposition and remove test cases from the list The execution status displayed next to each test case is the most recent execution status of the test case when run in the context of the current test set _ Test Cases Est Dur 0 73
313. re by developing a master set of releases versions in the Release Management module you can have the different testing teams correctly assign their testing actions to the appropriate version There are two types of release artifact in SpiraTeam major project releases that are displayed with the blue release icon and represent major versions of the system and release Iterations aka builds that are displayed with a yellow icon and represent intermediate builds iterations of the system Note Iterations can be contained within a Release but not the other way round The main differences between releases and iterations are as follows gt Releases are independent versions of the system being tested and as such you can map a requirement directly to a release indicating the release of the system that the requirement will be fulfilled in gt When you report on a release e g on the project home or in one of the reports any child iterations are automatically taken into account and test runs and incidents that are related to the child iterations will get included in the release reports Child releases on the other hand are not aggregated up into the parent release 7 1 Release List When you click on the Planning gt Releases global navigation link you will initially be taken to the release list screen illustrated below y Internal Projects gt Library Information System dhinserty Delete indent lt Qutdent
314. rements Regression Coverage widget to the page instead 3 4 5 Requirement Incident Count This section displays a count of the total number of incidents and the number of open incidents mapped against requirements in the system sorted by the requirements that have the most open incidents first This section is useful for determining the parts of the application that have the most instability as you can look at the requirements that have yielded the greatest number of incidents Clicking on any of the requirements hyperlinks will take you to the detail page for the requirement in question See section 4 2 You can configure in the settings whether to include requirements with no open incidents and also how many rows of data to display 3 4 6 Top Open Issues This section displays a breakdown of the top issues logged against the project in order of decreasing priority Note that items not given a priority are listed at the top since critical issues could be lurking in that list and the project manager will want to immediately review these to assign priorities Clicking on the issue item hyperlink will take you to the incident details page for the issue in question see section 6 2 You can configure in the settings whether to use Priority or Severity for the display and also how many rows of data to display 3 4 7 Top Open Risks This section displays a breakdown of the top risks logged against the project in order of decreasing
315. rent one and has created a direct link between them In the case of incidents the association can be either due to the creator of an incident directly linking the incident to the requirement or it can be the result of a tester executing a test run and creating an incident during the test run In this latter case the check box to the left of the association will be unavailable as the link is not editable Each association is displayed with the type of association related to vs a dependency name of the artifact being linked to type of artifact requirement incident etc the name of the person who created the association and a comment that describes why the association was made In the case of an indirect association due to a test run the comment will contain the name of the test run In addition when using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam you can select the checkbox marked Include Source Code Revisions and the system will also scan the source code repository for any revisions that are linked to this artifact Since that can take be slower than accessing SpiraTeam it is provided as an option that you can enable and disable Overview Test Coverage Tasks Attachments Associations gt Add Delete Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter V Include Source Code Revisions Displaying 1 5 out of 5 association s 2 C c YC JI e Related to E The book listing screen doesn t sort Incident Open 14 Mar 2004 Fred Bloggs
316. reports the sort order is always the order of the hierarchy Sort Field Complete Sort Ascending gt Report Name If you would like to save the report configuration so that you can quickly re run it at a later date you just need to enter a name for the report and indicate by selecting the checkbox or not whether you want this report to be private or shared by all members of the project If would like to save this report for future use please give it a name below before clicking the Create Report button Report Name Eli would like to share this report with other members of the project Once you have selected the format elements and filters clicking the lt Create Report gt button launches the report in a new window Each of the reports is described in sections 11 2 11 6 below 11 2 Requirement Reports 11 2 1 Requirements Summary Report This report displays all of the requirements defined for the current project in the order they appear in the requirements list The requirement s details and coverage status are displayed in a summary list form gt Print Report Requirements Summary Report This report displays all of the requirements defined for the current project in the order they appear in the requirements list The requirement s details and coverage status are displayed in a summary list form Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books au
317. revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 6 1 7 Copying Incidents To copy an incident or set of incidents simply select the check boxes of the incidents you want to copy and then click lt Copy gt This will make a copy of the current incident with its name prefixed Copy of to distinguish itself from the original Any file attachments will also be copied along with the incident itself 6 1 8 Exporting Incidents To export an incident or set of incidents from the current project to another project in the system all you need to do is select the check boxes of the incident s you want to export and then click the Tools gt Export icon This will then bring up a list of possible destination projects st Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search QJ Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs dP New Incident 3 Delete amp Refresh Oh Copy Et Tools v Showhide columns Displaying 16 30 out of 60 incidentis for this project Y Y Ejilter P ie us AV 4 d y rt f j an Ability to generate customized reports Anitity to associais multiple a r5 Section 508 compliance Test Train tem Lest System Limitation Test System Limitation 8 Lest Change Request R sample Risk 1 Editing the date on a
318. ries Refactor author screen to include delete button Description 24 26 Status Not Started Not Started Not Started Net Started Not Started Priority T Critical 2 High High High High Owned By Created On Last Modified Release Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 1 0 0 0 0003 RQ12 01 Dec 2003 1 0 0 0 0002 RQ15 01 Dec 2003 10 0 0 0002 RQ15 01 Dec 2003 10 00 0002 RQ15 01 Dec 2003 10 00 0003 RQ16 2004 07 Mar 2004 07 Mar 2004 07 Mar 2004 09 Mar 2004 12 Mar 2004 08 Mar 2004 08 Mar 2004 08 Mar 2004 10 Mar 2004 0 0 0 0 Requirement Start Date End Date Complete Est Effort Actual Effort 11 Mar 3hours 0 mins 8 hours 0 mins 5hours 0 mins 3hours 0 mins 6hours 0 _ mins 11 5 2 Task Detailed Report This report displays all of the tasks tracked for the current project The task s details are displayed along with a tabular list of attached documents and the change history Task Detailed Report This report displays all of the tasks tracked for the current project The task s details are displayed along with a tabular list of attached documents and the change history Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and
319. riority 1 Critical Critical Critical High High High High Status Failed Passed Failed 0 05 Feb 2007 13 Oct 2009 01 Dec 2003 1 07 Feb 2007 13 Oct 2009 01 Dec 2003 3 Fred Bloggs 02 Jan 2007 01 Dec 2003 13 Oct 2009 Est Duration 0 Status Failed Passed Failed Not Run Not Run Not Run Not Run Actual Duration 90 mins 90 mins 75 mins Release Creator Owner Created On Planned Date Last Modified Last Executed Passed Failed Caution Blocked Not Run Notes 05 Feb 2007 13 Oct 2009 0 0 Last Execution Date 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 Execution Date 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 This printable report is useful when you want to be able to conduct the testing activities offline on paper or when testers need paper copies of the test script in addition to using the online test execution wizard In either case this report simply displays all of the test cases defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test case list together with their detailed test steps and a list of any attached documents Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Test 2 Ability to create new book Tests that the user can create a new book im the system Test Steps Step Description Expected Result Sample Data Status Actual Result User opens up browser
320. rt date has passed 8 1 1 Task Folders SpiralTeam lets you group project tasks into different folders to make organization easier In the left hand Quick Filters panel the system displays the various task folders defined in the project Folders All Tasks EE Root EE Development Tasks FE Back End Development IES Front End Development E E gt Infrastructure Tasks E Application El Database Be Oversight If you are a project administrator you will see the Edit and Add buttons beneath the folder tree this lets you add edit and delete task folders in the project To add a new folder click the Add button Add Folder Please choose the parent Folder to add this under Development Tasks F Please enter the name for this new Folder Middle Tier Development Choose the parent folder that you want to add the new folder under or None if you are adding a new top level folder from the dropdown list and then enter the name of the new folder Then click Add save the new folder To edit or delete an existing folder simply click the Edit button to switch the folder tree to edit mode Folders All Tasks Root at E amp Development Tasks Edit E amp Back End Development Edt E amp Front End Development Edt E Infrastructure Tasks G Application Database E amp Oversight Edt To edit or delete a specific folder click on the Edit button next to the fold
321. s x R Test Change Request Library Information Change Request 6 Dec 2003 Name Project Importance Status B Ability to import data from excel Library Information Enhancement 24 Nov 2003 Ability to create different editions Library Information In Progress R Test System Limitation Library Information Limitation 3 Dec 2003 Ability to edit existing authors in the Library Information Planned H Sample Risk 3 Library Information Risk 9 Dec 2003 Ability to link authors to their contact Library Information Planned Ability to delete existing authors in th Library Information In Progress Y My Detected Incidents x B Ability to create new users in the syste Library Information Requested Name Project Type Priority Date Opened Ability to import from legacy system x Library Information Requested Cannot log into the application Library Information Incident 31 Oct 2003 W Clicking on link throws fatal error Library Information Incident 31 Oct 2003 Y My Assigned Test Cases x B Cannot install system on Windows ME Library Information Issue 30 Nov 2003 Name Project Status Last Executed W Cannot install system on Oracle 9i Library Information Bug 1 Nov 2003 Ability to create new book Library Information 30 Nov 2003 Ability to associate multiple authors Library Information Enhancement 16 Nov 2003 gt Execute W Cannot log into the application Sample Application
322. s BY Regression Testing for Windows amp ie Regression Testing for Windows vista 1 Dec 2003 1 Dec 2003 Fred Bloggs TCOO0005 Fred Bloggs TCOO0006 Joe P Smith TC000007 Joe P Smith TC000008 Joe P Smith TC000009 Book managameni 1 Dec 2003 E Author management Show 15 rows per page 44 Displaying page 1 Sofie Once you have chosen the destination release test set requirement clicking lt Add gt will add the selected test cases to the destination release test set requirement 5 1 14 Viewing the Test Status for a Release By default when you view the list of test case cases it will display an aggregate status for all releases of the project l e the test list will include all the test cases in the system regardless of which release they apply to and the execution status will reflect the most recent test run regardless of which release it was for To change the test case list to just display test cases and execution status for a particular release simply change the release selected in the drop down list located below the toolbar on the right hand side from Any to a specific release Internal Projects gt Library Information System search QJ Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ae Fs Bloggs Test Cases dh Insert y 3 Delete dIndent lt Qutdent snowlever Y Refresh jEdit y 3 Tools y Shownde columns Displaying 7 out of 7 test case s for this rel
323. s completion status from Requested to Completed the version of the software that the requirement is planned for and graphical indicators that represents its test coverage status and its task progress For those requirements that have no test cases covering them i e validating that the requirement works as expected the indicator consists of a white solid bar bearing the legend Not Covered For those requirements that have at least one test case mapped against them they will display block graph that illustrates the last execution status of each of the mapped test cases Thus if the requirement is covered by two test cases one of which passed and one of which wasn t run the graph will display a green bar 50 passed and an equal length gray bar 50 not run To determine the exact requirements coverage information position the mouse pointer over the bar chart and the number of covering tests along with the pass fail blocked caution not run breakdown will be displayed as a tooltip For those requirements that have at least one task associated with them they will display a block graph that illustrates the relative numbers of task that are on schedule green late starting yellow late finishing red or just not started grey These values are weighted by the effort of the task so that larger more complex tasks will be change the graph more than the smaller tasks To determine the exact task progress
324. s e g you closed the browser and the session is still listed as active simply click the Sign Off The Other Locations link and you will be logged in to the application Since SpiraTeam is licensed to organizations for a specific number of concurrent users unless they have purchased an unlimited Enterprise license only a fixed number of users may be active at the same time So for example if an organization has a five 5 concurrent user license and a sixth user tries to log in they will be presented with the following screen You have exceeded the allowed Ahe of concurrent users A logged in user needs to log out before you can proceed e an ja ee EE Oi N Change License Details Welcome to Spira leam Version 4 0 This means that one of the other users who is already logged in needs to click the Log Out button so that one of the concurrent licenses is freed for your use If the user has logged out by closing the browser the system may not have detected the logout In this case the other user needs to log back in and then click the Log Out link 3 2 My Page Once you have successfully logged in you will initially be taken to your personalized home page called My Page S y Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning y_ Testing Tracking Reporting Fred Bloggs My Page gt Fred Bloggs Welcome Fred Bloggs to Your Dashboard Modify Layout Settings A
325. s 0 mins 1 0 1 0 Library System Release 1 SP1 Release 2004 ah ours Cannot log into the application Incident New Not able to add new author Incident New Cannot sdo new Dook fo the system Bug Assigned 06 Nov 2003 Se 0 hours 20 mins 1 0 1 0 0001 Iteration 001 Iteration hn 80 hours 0 mins 1 0 1 0 0002 Iteration 002 Iteration emg i 48 hours O mins 1 0 1 0 0003 iteration 003 Iteration om 64 hours 0 mins 01 Apr gt 352 hours 0 11 7 Summary Graphs 11 7 1 Requirements Summary Graph The requirements summary graph shows how many requirements are currently in a project The number of requirements is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the requirement information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed Y Group By Importance Y Requirement Summary Graph Completed In Progress Planned Requested gt Display Data Grid Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the requirements status and the individual bars are grouped by requirement importance Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a toolti
326. s Actual Duration 1 hours 15 mins Notes Web Browser internet Explorer Operating System Windows XP Step Description Expected Result Sample Data ActualResult Status User logs in to application User taken to main menu screen Passed User taken to first screen in wizard User enters books name and author then clicks User taken to next screen in Macbeth William An error page ts displayed No such object or with block vanable at line Next wizard Shakespeare 473 User clicks link to create book Passed Failed Associated Incidents Inc Type Status Priority Name Detected On 7 Bug Assigned 1 Critical Cannot add a new book to the system 04 Nov 2003 File Attachments Filename Description Author Date Uploaded Error Logging in Screen shot gif Captured screen shot of the error that was raised when attempting to Jog in to the library application Fred Bloggs 24 Apr 2006 11 3 8 Test Case Traceability This report displays a matrix of the test cases in the system with the list of mapped releases incidents and test sets gt Prnt Report Test Case Traceability Matrix This report displays a matrix of the test cases in the system with the list of mapped releases incidents and test sets Test Case Forward Traceability This section displays a list of all the test cases with the associated releases incidents and test sets Test Name Priority Releases TC1 Functional Tests TC2 Ability to create new book 1 Critical RL2 RL3
327. s Bes D Executed Status D RHE T g z Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 je TC000002 Edit E z Ability to edit existing book 1 Dec 2003 K cates g E Ability to create new author l 1 Dec 2003 ora TC000004 gt Edit E Ability to edit existing author Not Run TC000005 Pleat E Ability to reassign book to different author Not Run TC000006 Edit Book management Not Run TC000008 gt Edit Author management Not Run TC000009 gt Edit Show 15 rows per page id 1 Displaying page of 1 gt bi To change the order of the test cases please click on the test case icon and drag it to the appropriate place in the list Go 0 0 0 To add a new test case to the Test Set you need to click on the Add Test Cases hyperlink to display the popup dialog box Add Test Case to the Test Set Choose the test case s to add to the current test set E6 Functional Tests LI E E Ability to create new book T Ability to edit existing book LJ ral Ability to create new author LJ ral Ability to edit existing author LJ ra Ability to reassign book to different author gt Add Cancel You can then select the checkboxes of the individual test cases or whole folders of test cases that you want to add to the test set Once you have selected the desired items click the lt Add gt button to actually add them to the test set Test cases in SpiraTeam can have parameters defined which are availa
328. s being viewed Current Branch Master hed Master Ip Branch 12 l gt Fork20140925 Some source code management systems e g CVS Visual SourceSafe do not have the formal concept of branches so the dropdown list will simply list the one main branch usually called Trunk 12 2 Source Code File Details When you click on a file in the source code file list described above you are taken to the file details page illustrated below st Internal Projects gt Library Information System Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Source Code gt File Details lt lt Back to File List bs Current Branch Master v amp Business Design 53 Document Filename 28 asp W Document Filename 29 doc Document Filename 30 vb File Path test Server Root Design Business 33_py f Document Filename 31 xml File Type Size Python Source 2 3674 KB Last Edited 9 10 2014 12 04 05 PM T Document Filename 32 ai Author John Adams Latest Revision Ajj rev0004 Source Code File Document Filename 33 py Document Filename 33 py Preview a ica Wh Document Filename 34 de This page is made up of three areas the left pane is for navigation the upper part of the main pane contains information regarding the file and the bottom part of the right pane contains three tabs that display a preview of the file if textual the list of file revisions stored in the version control system and a list of associat
329. s in a hierarchical organization that resembles a typical scope matrix Each requirement is associated with a particular importance level ranging from critical to low and a status identifier that designates where the requirement is in the development lifecycle requested planned in progress and completed The requirements can be organized according to which part of the system they relate to called the Component as well as being organized into different types features qualities use cases etc Certain types such as use cases also allow you to define the scenario steps that help describe requirement In addition each requirement is mapped to one or more test cases that can be used to validate that the functionality works as expected This mapping is called the Requirement Test Coverage since the test cases cover the requirement so that if all the tests can be executed successfully then the requirement is validated At the same time from a development perspective the team begins initial estimation of the lowest level requirements in the requirements matrix to determine the complexity and associated resourcing Once the high level release schedule has been determined the requirements can then be prioritized and scheduled against the appropriate release according to their business priority Once the release is underway the requirements are further decomposed into their constituent low level project tasks that can be assigned t
330. s list page The navigation list can be switched between three different modes e The list of requirements matching the current filter e The list of all requirements irrespective of the current filter e The list of requirements assigned to the current user The top part of the right pane allows you to view and or edit the name of the particular requirement The fields that are available and the fields that are required will depend on your stage in the requirement workflow For example a requested requirement might not require a Release whereas a planned requirement could well do The types of change allowed and the fields that are enabled visible required will depend on how your project administrator has setup the system for you Administrators should refer to the SpiraTeam Administration Guide for details on configuring the requirement workflows to better meet their needs Depending on the user s role and whether they are listed as the owner or author of the requirement displayed in the left hand side of the page above the navigation list is a set of allowed workflow operations Workflow Operations Y gt Continue Development gt Mark as Completed gt Mark as Tested These workflow transitions allow the user to move the requirement from one status to another For example when the requirement is in the Developed status you will be given the options to gt Continue Development changes status to In Progress gt M
331. s that are not serious enough for a failure to be recorded This tab also displays any pre existing incidents that were associated with the test step being viewed The second tab displays a list of attachments that are related to the current test case and or test step This list initially contains any documents that have been attached to either the test case in general or the test step in particular However as you perform the testing you can attach additional documents to this list that are relevant to the test results e g screenshots of an error page these attached documents will be associated with both the test run itself and any incidents that are created lf the expected results are indeed observed then you simply need to click the lt Pass gt button to mark the test step as passed and advance to the next test step or if all the steps have passed you can click lt Pass All gt to pass all the steps at once This is illustrated in the screen shot below st Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Bloggs Test Cases gt Test Case Execution lt lt Back To Tests x Passy Pass All Y Blocked Pause Release 1 2 0 0 45 Testing New Functionality TX5 7 Ability to create new author Y Test Case Information T p o gt 8 Step 1 TC16 Person loses book and needs to report loss TC000012 8 Step 2 TC17 Step 3 TC4 Step 4
332. s to a Release Test Set or Requirement To quickly add a series of test cases to a Release Test Set or Requirement all you need to do is select the check boxes of the appropriate test cases and then click Tools gt Add to Release Test Set Requirement This will then bring up a dialog box displaying either a list of available releases test sets or requirements depending on which option was chosen ae Internal Projects gt Library Information System x Planning Testing Tracking y Reporting Bloggs Test Cases dh insert y 3 Delete c gt Indent lt Outdent ShowLevei Y Refresh Edit y Sf Tools Shownde columns Displaying 7 out of 7 test case s for this release Y y Ellter Display data for 1 0 1 0 Library System Release 1 SP1 Main gt Functional Tests 5 Ae Se ae E Abiy to create new book Ability to edit existing book _ Plaase Se e Abimy to create new author E AbiBty to edit existing author A j Abily to reassign book to different author any v TC wz Fred Bloggs TC000001 Fred Bloggs TC000002 Fred Bloggs TC000003 gt Edit Fred Bloggs Tcoo0004 EdE gt Edit gt Edit gt Edit Please select the test set you want to add to 1 Dec 2003 E gt Functional Test Sets Dy Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 Ee Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 DE Regression Tests 2 TS Testing New Functionality 2S Exploratory Testing E Repression Test Set
333. s to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Inc Name Description Resolution Status When trying to log into the application with a valid username and password the system throws a fatal exception When try and click on the button to add a new author the system simply displays the main screen and does nothing When click on the logout link instead of logging out get an ASP session not valid error Type Priority Severity Detected By Owned By Detected On Last Modified Closed On Detected Release Resolved Release Cannot log into the application 01 Nov 2003 01 Dec 2003 Incident Not able to add new author 01 Nov 2003 01 Dec 2003 Incident Clicking on link throws fatal error 01 Nov 2003 01 Dec 2003 Incident 11 4 2 Incident Detailed Report This printable report displays all of the incidents tracked for the current project sorted by incident number For each individual incident the name type priority status opener owner and close date are displayed along with tables containing the detailed description and resolutions as well as a tabular list of attached documents linked requirements incidents and the change history Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library Inc 1 Cannot log into the application When trying to log into the applicati
334. scribed above in addition to storing the requirements for a project SpiraTeam includes the capability of drilling each lowest level requirement down further into a series of work items called Tasks These tasks are the discrete activities that each member of the development team would need to carry out for the requirement to be fulfilled Each task can be assigned to an individual user as well as associated with a particular release or iteration The system can then be used by the project manager to track the completion of the different tasks to determine if the project is on schedule The tasks can be organized into different folders as well as categorized by different types development testing infrastructure etc each of which can have its own workflow which defines the process by which the task changes status during the project lifecycle 2 7 Projects and Users Spiraleam supports the management of an unlimited number of users and projects which can be administered through the same web interface as the rest of the application All artifacts requirements tests and incidents are associated with a particular project and each user of the system can be given a specific role for the particular project So a power user of one software project may be merely an observer of another That way a central set of users can be managed across the enterprise whilst devolving project level administration to the manager of the project In additio
335. scription fields and custom properties associated with the task _ Details Status gt Completed Priority Type Development v Requirement Ability to associate books with different editions r Change Component Book Management 9 Creator Fred Bloggs 10 18 2004 10 22 2004 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM Last Updated 11 30 2003 7 00 00 PM Difficulty Please Select v Reviewer Please Select v _ Description eu FSs EEee be oDO0B You can edit the various fields name description etc and custom properties Once you are satisfied with them simply click either the lt Save gt or lt Save and News gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes to the task 8 2 2 Overview Comments The comments tab will display the comments associated with the task Comments Displaying list of comments newest first oldest first To add a new comment enter it below and click the Save button Font 7 BZ U EE GAl al na oo A al All existing comments are displayed in date entered underneath the textbox To enter a new comment enter the text into the textbox and then click the Save button 8 2 3 Overview Schedule In this mode the main pane displays the general schedule and completion status of the specific task You can enter edit the start date end date i e the due date estimated actual and remaining effort From this the system will calculate
336. ss specification of the system when associated with the underlying requirements matrix Typically when starting a new project gt The requirements matrix is entered first gt Then the list of use cases is developed to outline the key scenarios that need to supported to implement the requirement Then the use cases are fleshed out into full test cases by adding the detailed test steps with the expected result and suggested sample data Finally the tests are grouped into test sets so that they can be assigned to users in batches for execution and tracking However when migrating existing projects into SpiraTeam you may need to migrate the test case list first and then add the supporting requirements matrix afterwards 5 1 Test Case List When you click on the Testing gt Test Cases link on the global navigation bar you will initially be taken to the test case list screen illustrated below y Internal Projects gt Library Information System 2 Fred Bloggs search Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Test Cases dp insert y 3 Delete ed Indent lt Qutdent SnowLevei Y yRefresh Gh Edity Tools y Shownide comas Y VW Ellter Display data for All Releases Displaying 9 out of 11 test case s for this release ii 5 7 amp Eunctional Tests 5 5 Ability to create new hook K i Ability to edit existing hook Z Ability to create n
337. ss that the application will send notifications to and whether or not you want to receive email notifications If the Enable Notifications cannot be changed it means that the system is either not configured to send out notifications or the administrator has disabled user s ability to opt out of notifications being sent 3 6 3 LDAP Settings Passwords amp Security Email Preferences LDAP Settings Regional Settings Actions LDAP DN Not Linked This tab will show configured LDAP options for your account At this time no configurable options are on this tab it is for reference only 3 6 4 Regional Settings This tab will display the current culture and timezone associated with your profile Passwords amp Security Email Preferences LDAP Settings Regional Settings Actions Please choose your desired region from the list below This setting determines which number date formats are used as well as which language is used throughout the application If you don t choose a value the application s default value will be used Use Application Default Vv Use Application Default Vv User Culture User Timezone By default all profiles will be set to use the application s default culture and timezone This means that the language number formats and timezone used in the application will be the ones decided by the person who installed the system However there are cases where you want to use a diff
338. stimated and actual effort delivered in each project release and or iteration 2 Task Burnup this graph shows the cumulative amount of work outstanding for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated remaining and completed effort 3 Task Burndown this graph shows the remaining work that needs to be done for each release iteration in the project with separate lines for the estimated remaining and completed effort For each of the three graphs you can click on the Display Data Grid link to display a grid of the underlying data that is represented in the graph and also there are options to save the graph in a variety of different image formats 3 4 19 Tag Cloud This widget lets you see the list of document tags being used in the project Tag Cloud ren uneven DOOK manageme Nt error functional specification libraries n an oone aa ee Stack trace testin g user interface wireframe The size of the tag name indicates the relative frequency of its usage in the project Clicking on a document tag will open up the Document List page see section 10 1 with the filter set to the tag you clicked on This will display a list of related documents that have been tagged with the same tag name 3 4 20 Recent Builds This widget displays a list of the most recent builds that have been performed as part of the current release or iteration Recent Builds Name Creation Date Build 0015 ucceedec 3 11 20
339. sting attachment from a test set simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document or web link to the test set you need to click on the Add New hyperlink to open the Add Attachment dialog box Add New Document I Add New Document F Add New Document Type o File URL Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Type File URL Screenshot Filename Browse No Me selected URL Description Descnption pt Screenshot Document Type Functional Specfication mlr Root Folder Document Folder Root Folde Document Folder Please paste your image using the CTRL V keyboard command Tags Document Type Functional Specficaton Tags Descnption Document Type Functional Spectication Document Folder Roa Folder Tags There are three different types of item that can be attached to a test set gt To upload a file choose File as the type and then click the Browse button and select the file from your local computer optionally enter a detailed description then click the lt Upload gt button The document will be copied from your computer and attached to the artifact gt To attach a web link
340. sword link and your password will be emailed to the email address currently on file The reset password screen is illustrated below Welcome to Spiraleam Version 4 0 If you don t have a SpiraTeam account setup clicking on the Register for an account link will take you to a form that you need to fill in which will be forwarded to the system administrator who will need to approve your account before it is active in the system This screen is illustrated below a EENS s art t gt Request New Account User Name Email _ Address First Name Welcome to Last Name Spiraleam Middle Initial Version 4 0 Password Confirm Password Password Question In addition the system will prevent you logging on to the system with the same username at the same time on multiple computers This is to avoid the system getting confused by a user trying to make contradictory actions at the same time If for any reason you do try and log in to the system when you already have an active session in progress you will see the following screen Your user account is currently signed into SpiraTeam in multiple locations You can either Log Out and try a different user Welcome to Sign Off The Other Locations to a S pi ralea m to log out Version 4 0 You have two choices you can either click the Log Out link and try logging in as a different user or if you want to log off any other active session
341. t discard any changes made by clicking lt Refresh gt or print it by clicking lt Print gt Using the lt Email gt button on the toolbar you can send an email containing details of the test case to an email address or another user on the system Email this artifact to Project User Amy E Cribbins 7 Select a user in the project to send to O Email Addresses A list of email addresses separated by Message Subject Leave blank for default Send Cancel You can specify the subject line for the email and either a list of email addresses separated by semicolons or an existing project user The content of the email is specified in the System Administration Notification Templates The lower part of the right pane can be switched between seven different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Overview mode but it can be switched to Requirements Coverage Test Runs Releases Incidents Attachments and History modes if so desired Each of the views is described separately below In addition there is a shortcut icon Execute that allows you to execute this test see section 5 3 without having to return to the Test Case list 5 2 1 Overview Details In this tab the right pane displays the description fields and comments associated with the test case v Details Author Fred Bloggs v Est Dur 0 16 hours Owner Fred Bloggs v
342. t Insert gt button to start adding releases and iterations to the project The hierarchical organization of releases in the list is configurable so you can organize the various releases in the way that makes most sense for a particular project Typically you have the major releases as the top level items with sub releases builds and iterations as the lower level items All of the releases in the list have a release name together with the assigned version number for that release the start date and end date for the release the number of estimated project personnel working on that release the planned effort for the release the total effort currently scheduled as tasks the available effort for new tasking the release id and a set of custom properties defined by the project owner For those releases that have test cases mapped against them the execution status of the various test cases associated with the release is displayed in aggregate for each item as a graphical bar diagram If you position the mouse over the execution status indicator you will see the detailed execution information displayed as a tooltip For those releases that have at least one requirement task associated with them they will display a block graph that illustrates the relative numbers of task that are on schedule green late starting yellow late finishing red or just not started grey These values are weighted by the effort of the task so that larger m
343. t effort values to determine how much effort is available to schedule 2 5 Incident Tracking Spiraleam provides the ability to create edit assign track manage and close incidents that are raised during the testing of the software system under development These incidents can be categorized into bugs enhancements issues training items limitations change requests and risks and each type has its own specific workflow and business rules Typically each incident is raised initially as a New item of type Incident Following the review by the project manager and customer they are changed to one of the other specific types given a priority critical high medium or low and status changed to Open Once it is assigned to a developer for fixing it is changed to status Assigned The developer now works to correct the incident after which time its status changes to Fixed or Not Reproducible depending on the actions taken or not taken Finally the project manager and customer verify that it has indeed been fixed and the status is changed to Closed SpiraTeam provides robust sorting and filtering of all the incidents in the system as well as the ability to view the incidents associated with particular test cases and test runs enabling drill down from the requirements coverage display right through to the open incidents that are affecting the requirement in question 2 6 Task Management As de
344. t is in the Assigned status you will be given the options to gt Resolve the Incident changes status to Resolved gt Unable to Reproduce changes the status to Not Reproducible gt Duplicate Incident changes the status to Duplicate After changing the status of the incident by clicking on the workflow link you can then fill in the additional fields that are now enabled and or required Once you ve made the changes to the appropriate incident fields you can either click lt Save gt lt Save and Close gt or lt Save and New gt to commit the changes or lt Refresh gt to discard the changes and reload the incident from the database In addition you can print the current incident by clicking lt Print gt which will display a printable version of the page in a separate window 6 2 2 Inserting a New Incident If you are creating a new incident the fields that are available and the fields that are required will depend on how your project has been for configured For example some projects may require that all incidents be started with Status New and Type lIncident others may allow you to specify the incident type The types of change allowed will depend on how your project administrator has setup the system for you Administrators should refer to the SpiraTeam Administration Guide for details on configuring the incident workflows to meet their needs Once you ve filled out the appropriate incident fields you can e
345. t ngs Add hows Dinpiay data toe Al Prejects Ciptrvert Project 4 1 5 Refresh My Proiec Quick Lancen 4 1 6 Edit _Crostion Date gt Crmmte incidem Liter mornan Seater ws 4 1 7 Show Level aa oo a dana aaia 4 1 8 Filtering Samsds Apabcatin Teo Sosma Proms 3 Nay 2005 lt 4 1 9 Show Hide Columns 4 1 10 Copying Requirements 4 1 11 Moving Requirements 4 1 12 Exporting Requirement 4 1 13 Creating Test Cases frt Requirements 4 1 14 Creating a Test Set fro Requirements S 4 1 15 Printing Items y Assionad Raquirements E 4 1 16 Right Click Context Me Marne 4 2 Requirement Details hae ER REN Laxey kowalaa 4 2 1 Test Coverage pease pone 422 Tasks 44 Ab k f tad pahit aboia h Lira infomation 4 2 3 Comments E Alem te oeta agw peters on ma svaie Library Intonation 4 2 4 Custom Properties G Ahit te inoan brm tones mawas LiBrarp inionmadan 4 2 5 Attachments 4 3 2 My Page Project Lieary leformation Seme Liwary hiomaton System Lawary leformaton Synere Linary biomaten Spee thgh Poumity Late T ina Lawary tefornabon Syster fist Exerieed Teel Sets L rary teformaten Syatert r pls TS prep gt gt AALE Ay Atsiarad Text Cases O Clicking on any of the expand links in the left hand table of contents will open up the detailed list of topics for each of the main areas of the system In each area clicking on one of the individual links will open the appropriate sectio
346. t of Hide column names This is stored on a per project basis so you can have different display settings for each project that you are a member of The fields can be any of the built in fields or any of the custom properties set up by the project owner 8 1 7 Edit Each task in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Fred Bloggs Tasks dp New Task 3 Delete Refresh Copy Tools y Showshide columns Y Y Filter v pai 1 4 out of 43 task s for this project Filtering results by Progress Clear Filters p Running tte y Any v Any Any Y Z Develop new edition entry screen lj t In Progress 1 Criticeal Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 Create edition object insert method EJ E InProgress VEJ 1 Crtical YE Fred Bloggs V JS 1 0 0 0 0003 1 JEJ O Create author object delete method f in Progress jin Progress 2 High Y Fred Bloggs Y 1 0 0 0 0003 1 22 white author object delete query ia In Progress 2 gt High Fred Bloggs 1 0 0 0 0003 TK000029 d Show 15 Y rows per page m 4 Displaying p
347. t steps for the currently executing test case You can click on the various links to move between the test cases and or test steps In addition each test case and test step has a colored square next to the name that indicates its status green Passed yellow Blocked orange Caution red Failed gray Not Run in the current test run If any of the steps are marked as Failed Blocked or Caution then the overall test case is marked with that status if all the test steps passed then the overall test case is marked as Passed any other case results in the test case being marked as Not Run The main pane displays the details of the test case together with the current test step As the tester you would read the name and description of the test case then read the description of the test step carry out the instructions on the system you are testing and then compare the results with those listed as expected As described below depending on how the actual system responds you will use the buttons on the page to record what actually happened gt Below the main pane there are two optional sections The first one allows you to log an incident in the system associated with the test step For failures this will typically be used to log a bug relating to the failure However even if you pass a step you can still log an incident which may be useful for logging non critical cosmetic item
348. t you easily move items from the product backlog to a specific release e Release View This displays a list of all the backlog items that are scheduled for the selected release and lets you organize them by iteration status or person e Iteration View This displays a list of all the backlog items that are scheduled for the selected iteration also known as a Sprint in some methodologies and lets you organize them by status or person The Group By dropdown list is used to change how the view is organized This list of options available in the Group By dropdown will depend on the view being displayed The planning board will include the following backlog items e Requirements and Incidents these are displayed as story cards and are the primary items that can be moved in the planning board e Tasks and Test Cases these are secondary artifacts and are considered part of a requirement So within the planning board they are displayed as being part of a specific requirement and if you move a requirement the associated tasks and test cases will move as well The backlog items themselves can be configured to display in different ways The choice of display will depend on how many backlog items you have to display how large your screen is and what information you need The display is controlled by the four checkboxes at the top of the planning board e Standard View This is the view that will be displayed when
349. tachment list includes the filename URL that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip Book Management Functional Spec doc Filename Book Management Functional Spec doc Document Type Functional Specification File Type Word Document W Description This document outlines the functional specification for the book management part of the library management system Version 2 0 Tags i magi it specification libraries Created By Fred Bloggs 5 1 2006 8 00 00 PM Edited By Joe P Smith 5 29 2006 38 00 00 PM ID DC 000001 gt View Details Cancel To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document web page or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an existing attachment from a requirement simply click the Remove button and the attachment will be removed from the list Using the standard filter sort options you can also sort and filter the list of attachments to make it more manageable If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control syste
350. tatus Functional In Ls Test Sets Progress This tests the functionality introduced In inrelease Progress 1 0 of the library system This tests the functionality introduced Not in release Started 2 0 of the library system Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 Testing Cycle for Release 1 1 Fred Bloggs Fred JoeP Bloggs Smith Fred JoeP Bloggs Smith 11 3 4 Test Set Detailed Report This report displays all of the test sets defined for the current project in the order they appear in the test set list The test set s details and execution status are displayed along with sub tables containing the list of test cases test runs attached documents and the change history Test Set 1 Testing Cycle for Release 1 0 This tests the functionality introduced in release 1 0 of the library system Owner Joe P Smith Release 1 0 0 0 Status In Progress Planned Date 05 Feb 2007 Notes Operating System Test Cases Test Name TC2 Ability to create new book TC3 Ability to edit existing book TC4 Ability to create new author TC5 Ability to edit existing author TC6 Ability to reassign book to different author TC8 Book management Tc9 Author management Test Runs Run Tester Release TR4 Joe P Smith Library System Release 1 TR3 Fred Bloggs Library System Release 1 TRI Joe P Smith Library System Release 1 11 3 5 Printable Test Scripts Creator Creation Date Last Execution Last Updated P
351. test cases belonging to the project arranged in test folders The right box which will initially be empty contains the list of test cases mapped to this release iteration The test cases in this box include columns for their ID and name Hovering the mouse over the names of the test cases in either box will display a tooltip consisting of the test case name place in the folder structure and a detailed description Clicking on the hyperlinks in right hand box will jump you to the test case details screen for the test case in question see section 5 2 9 To change the test case mapping for this release you use the buttons Add Remove Remove All positioned between the two list boxes The lt Add gt button will move the selected test cases from the list of available on the left to the list of mapped on the right Similarly the lt Remove gt and lt Remove All gt buttons will remove either the selected or all the test cases from the right list box and add them back to the left list box Finally as a shortcut you can click the Create Test Set from This Release link to create a new test set from this release that will include all of the test cases associated with this release This is useful in regression testing when you have created a new release and want to be able to quickly assign a tester to ensure that all the functionality in the release works as expected 7 2 7 Test Runs This view displays the list of all the test runs exec
352. test steps Internal Projects gt Library Information System Search Planning Testing Tracking Reporting 2 Fred Bloggs Test Cases gt Test Case Execution lt lt Back To Tests Pass Pass All Y Blocked 9 Finish Release 1 2 0 0 45 Testing New Functionality TX5 a C Bj Ability to create new author Y Test Case Information a qT ai m C Step 1 TC16 Ability to create new author TC000004 B Step 2 TC17 Tests that the user can create a new author record in the system 2 Step 3 TC4 i Step 4 TC4 g O C O E E G4 Step 6 TC4 _ Ability to reassign book to di _ 4 Person loses book and need M amp Step 1 7C16 E Step 2 117 Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below im w Step 3 TC12 User opens up browser and enters application URL http www libraryinformationsystem com beta 8 Step 4 TC12 E 8 Step 5 TC12 _ Adding new book and author v Test Step Information Expected Result Sample Data The browser loads the login web page http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it differs then click the appropriate button v Size v SIS HEE pl enno A The screen is divided up into four main elements gt The left hand navigation pane contains the list of test cases and tes
353. th different 15 Each of the vertical sections is one of the requirements statuses in order of the requirement lifecycle Planned gt Completed You can click on the expand collapse icons to hide any statuses that are not used You can drag and drop the requirements between the different statuses If you have the planning options enabled to have requirements status automatically update based on changes to the associated tasks and test cases then items will automatically move between the statuses based on tasks being completed and test cases being executed 13 3 3 Release Backlog By Person This view is designed to let you see the release backlog organized by resource person Each of the users that is a member of the current release is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view can be either requirements with associated tasks and test cases or incidents Planning 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 y _ Detailed View Ml Incidents LlTasks _ Test Cases Group By By Person RQ 8 1 0 RQ9 10 i E IN 5 R IN 6 Ability to associate books with different Ability to associate books with different Cannot install system on Oracle 9i The book listing screen doesn t sort editions b z Fred Bloggs He e Jack Van Stantan Joe P Smith H Availsble Utilized Remaining Availa
354. th the requirement moved to the desired location To move multiple items simply select their checkboxes and then drag and drop one of the selected items Alternatively you can simply select the check boxes of the requirements you want to move and then select the Edit gt Cut menu option This will cut the current requirements selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the requirements to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The requirements will now be moved into the destination location you specified 4 1 12 Exporting Requirements To export a requirement or set of requirements from the current project to another project in the system all you need to do is select the check boxes of the requirement s you want to export and then click the Tools gt Export icon This will then bring up a list of possible destination projects Planning Testing 6 Internal Projects gt Library Information System ee Requirements Tracking y Reporting Export Items T Ontine Library Management System Please select the project you want to export to J Book Management 5 Ability to add new books to Ihe system Abiity to edit existing books in the system Ability to delete existing books in the system We dii x ai i Ability to associate books with different subjects R Gd Ability lo associate books with difforent authors a At E Ability to assoc
355. that each change was made together with the fields that were changed the old and new values and the person who made the change This allows a complete audit trail to be maintained of all changes in the system In addition if you are logged in as a project administrator you can also click on the Admin View hyperlink to revert any unwanted changes 5 3 Test Step Details When you click on one of the hyperlinks next to a test step in the test step list see above you will be taken to the test step details screen illustrated below st Internal Projects v gt Library Information System Planning y Testing Tracking y Reporting Test Cases gt Test Step Details lt lt Back to Test Step List Me y GhCopy EA Refresh 3 Delete Ability to create new book Test Step 3 TS 000003 Test Case 1000002 4 Description Fon v Sze Y BZU i Be ennom User enters books name and author then clicks Next 1 Step 2 7000002 2 step 3 TS000003 4 Step 4 Ts000004 1 step 5 7000005 eepoced tet Free vo FEES Be eODoD User taken to next screen in wizard Sample Data Fot v size v Ta Oy efnofa Macbeth William Shakespeare Additional Data Some Data Step Type Please Select v Incidents Attachments This page is made up of three areas the left pane is the navigation window the upper part of the right pane contains the test step detai
356. the actual test result if it differs then click the appropriate button Attachments gt Add New Displaying 1 O out of O attachment s Document Name 4 Type Y Edited On AV Author Y Show 15 7 rows per page M 4 Displaying page a fa of O gt p If you need to navigate between the different test cases and test steps click on the grey navigation bar on the left of the page and the popup navigation menu will appear SpiraTeam gt Test Case Execution Test Run Navigation _ Pas5 7 Af Blocked Caution t Fail Pause Finish Testing New Functionality TX5 i _ Ability to create new author C Step 1 Tc16 E W step 2 TC17 E step 3 TC4 E W step 4 TC4 E step 5 TC4 E step 6 TC4 i _ Ability to reassign book to d i _ Person loses book and need Step 1 TC16 Step 2 TC17 step 3 TC12 Step 4 TC12 qv TC12 _ Adding new book and autho O L a L L Ability to create new author TC000004 Tests that the user can create a new author record in the system Step 1 Please follow the directions outlined in the box below User opens up browser and enters application URL http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Expected Result The browser loads the login web page Sample Data http www libraryinformationsystem com beta Actual Result Please enter the actual test result if it differs the
357. the functionality in the release works as expected 7 1 14 Printing Items To quickly print a single release iteration or list of releases iterations you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 7 1 15 Right Click Context Menu Spiraleam provides a shortcut called the context menu for accessing some of the most commonly used functions so that you don t need to move your mouse up to the toolbar each time To access the context menu right click on any of the rows in the release list and the following menu will be displayed Gl Library System Release 1 SP1 1 0 1 0 Open Item K Open in New Tab Iteration 001 Iteration 002 B Iteration 003 B iteration 001 B iteration 002 B iteration 003 E iteration 001 E Iteration 002 E Iteration 003 You can now choose any of these options as an alternative to using the icons in the toolbar New Release EJ New Iteration Edit Items 3 Delete Indent lt Outdent Ch Copy Items Ch Cut Items Ch Paste Items 7 2 Release Details When you click on release item in the release list described in section 7 1 you are taken to the release details page illustrated below No Tests No Tests No Tests No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks No Tasks 13 Mar 2004 13 Mar 2004 21 Mar 2004 25 Mar 2004 1 Apr 2004
358. the progress percentage complete and projected final effort Y Schedule Status Completed v Est Effort 3 0 hours Progress O Actual Effort 2 83 hours Projected Effort 3 00 hours Remaining Effort 9 9 hours The different effort values mean the following gt Estimated Effort This is the original estimate for how long the task would take to complete gt Actual Effort This is the current amount of effort that has been expended in completing the task This does not indicate the completion progress gt Remaining Effort This is the estimate for how it will take from the current state to complete the task The complete is calculated from this value in conjunction with the estimated effort Complete 100 Remaining Effort Estimated Effort gt Projected Effort This is value that the system is projecting it will take to complete the task This is calculated from the Actual Effort and Remaining Effort Projected Effort Actual Effort Remaining Effort If the actual effort is not specified the projected effort will be the same as the estimated effort Note that if this task is currently assigned to a release or iteration the start date and end date of the task must lie within the date range of the parent release iteration If your task looks like it will not be completed in the available timeframe you will need to contact the project manager to get them to either extend the date
359. the release iteration moved to the desired location To move multiple items simply select their checkboxes and then drag and drop one of the selected items 2 Alternatively you can simply select the check boxes of the release iteration you want to move and then select the Edit gt Cut menu option This will cut the current release iteration selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the release iteration to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The release iteration will now be moved into the destination location you specified 7 1 12 Exporting Releases Iterations To export releases iterations from the current project to another project in the system all you need to do is select the check boxes of the releases iterations you want to export and then click the Tools gt Export icon This will then bring up a list of possible destination projects Ey y Internal Projects gt Library Information System Suarch Planning Testing Tracking Reporting ae Fes Bloggs Releases ame ae oe ae B Library System Release 1 1 0 0 0 11 Mar 2004 216 0h RLO00001 gt Edit S 3 Library System Release LSP1 1 0 1 0 Please select the project you want to export to 29 Mar 2004 176 0h RL000002 gt Edit S Library System Release 1 SP2 1 0 2 0 my 29 Apr 2004 352 0h RL000003 gt EdE E iteration 001 1 0 0 0 0001 aiaiai 3 Mar 2004 96 0h RLO00008 iteration 002 1 0 0 0 0002 T Mar
360. this test step and an existing incident simply click the lt Add gt hyperlink which will display the Add New Association popup dialog box Add New Association Please choose the artifact that you want to add an association to a Enter Artifact ID N b Choose from list R Doesn t let me add a new category Permissions not updating when changed al Ability to use different color schemes 2 Ability to delete multiple authors E Scalability of system R User expectations from old client app Comment r gt Add Cancel You need to choose the specific incident you want to link to either by choosing the item from a scrolling selection box or entering the ID of the incident directly if known In either case you can also add a comment that explains the rationale for the association Finally to delete an existing incident association except for those due to test runs select the check box next to its name and click the lt Delete gt hyperlink This will only delete the association not the linked incident itself 5 3 2 Attachments In this mode the lower section of the screen displays the list of documents that have been attached to the test step The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Incidents Attachments History gt Add New Add Existing
361. thors and lending records for a typical branch library Req Name Description Priority Status Author Owner Creation Date Test Coverage Task Progress Last Modified Release Planned Effort Task Effort Actual Effort URL 42 Tasks 60 On 0 Covering Schedule Functional z Fred 0 Failed 6 Running System Postas 01 Dec 2003 0 Passed Late 01 Dec 2003 Requirements g 99 0 Blocked 4 Starting 0 Caution Late 29 Not Started 42 Tasks 60 On 0 Covering Schedule 0 Failed 6 Running 01 Dec 2003 0 Passed Late 01 Dec 2003 0 Blocked 4 Starting 0 Caution Late 29 Not Started 145 hours 0 190 hours 188 hours mins 0 mins 40 mins Online Library Management System In Fred 145 hours 0 190 hours 188 hours Progress Bloggs i i mins 0 mins 40 mins 11 2 2 Requirements Detailed Report This printable report displays all of the requirements defined for the current project in the order they appear in the requirements list For each individual requirement the name priority author status and coverage status are displayed along with tables containing the list of covering test cases linked incidents requirements associated tasks attached documents and the change history Req 4 Ability to add new books to the system The ability to add new books into the system complete with ISBN publisher and other related information Priority 1 Critical Author Fred Bloggs Coverage 3 Covering 1 Failed 1 Passed 0 Blocked 0 Cau
362. tion Owner Joe P Smith Release 1000 Status Creation Date Last Modified Planned Effort Task Est Effort Task Actual Effort Completed 01 Dec 2003 01 Dec 2003 15 hours 0 mins 16 hours 0 mins 15 hours 30 mins URL Difficulty Requirement Type http www libraries org Moderate Est Duration Failed 0 hours 10 mins 04 Dec 2003 Passed 0 hours 4 mins 01 Dec 2003 Not Run Status Last Execution Date Ability to create new book Book management Adding new book and author to library Linked Requirements Date 12 Mar 2004 Created By Fred Bloggs Comment Ability to delete existing books in the system These two requirements are related Associated Incidents Name Cannot install system on Oracle 9i Cannot add a new book to the system Associated Tasks Date 14 Mar 2004 04 Nov 2003 Comment This bug affects the requirement Test Run Ability to create new book Created By Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith 11 2 3 Requirements Plan This report displays a complete work breakdown structure of the project from a requirements perspective including all requirements and tasks organized by schedule Requirements Plan Report This report displays a complete work breakdown structure of the project including all requirements and tasks organized by schedule Project 1 Library Information System Sample application that allows users to manage books authors and lending records for a typical branch library I
363. tion clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 7 6 Test Set Summary Graph The test set summary graph shows how many test set are currently in a project The number of test sets is displayed according to the criteria that you specify You can specify the type of data displayed along the x axis and the test set information which is used to group the data When you first open the graph you will be asked to pick the field that you would like to display on the x axis and the field that you would like to group the data by Once you have chosen the appropriate fields the graph will be displayed Test Set Summary Graph BB Joe P Smith MB Fred Blogg D z Completed Deferred In Progress Hot Started gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG In this version of the report the x axis represents the test set status and the individual bars are grouped by the name of the tester owner Each data value can be viewed by positioning the mouse pointer over the bar and a tooltip will pop up listing the actual data value Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Com
364. to the selected component Tasks are linked to components indirectly through their associated requirement e Task Folders This section displays the hierarchy of task folders When you click on the folder name it will filter the task list to just those that belong in that folder To show all the items in the project irrespective of folder simply click the All Tasks link e Releases This section lists the releases and iterations defined for the current project Clicking on any of the releases or iterations in the list will filter the requirements by that release iteration 8 1 3 New Task Clicking on the lt New Task gt button creates a new task in the grid with an initial set of information You can click on the name of the task to edit its information 8 1 4 Delete Clicking on the lt Delete gt button deletes the tasks whose check boxes have been selected in the task list 8 1 5 Refresh Clicking on the lt Refresh gt button simply reloads the list of tasks this is useful when new tasks are being added by other users and you want to make sure you have the most up to date list displayed 8 1 6 Show Hide Columns This drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the task list as columns for the current project To show a column that is not already displayed simply select that column from the list of Show column names and to hide an existing column simply select that column from the lis
365. to upload the necessary documenis attach the appropriate URLs or paste in the appropriate screen capture Note that the entire test run is saved once you first start execution so you can always step away from your computer and then resume testing at a later date by locating the test run on your My Page under My Pending Test Runs and choosing to resume testing If you click the Pause button you can resume the paused test run by going to the My Pending Test Runs section of your My Page and click Resume 5 5 Test Run List When you click on the Testing gt Test Runs global navigation link you will initially be taken to the test run list screen illustrated below Internal Projects gt Library Information System Searcy QJ Planning Testing v py Fred Bloggs Tesi Runs Refresh Print Showhide coiumns Y Y Eiter v Displaying 1 15 out of 21 test runis for this project il y Name A End Date est Set AY Rele e AT Dur vu eb Browser Y Oper ing Syst m r Su IO aem em s mR Ea Person loses book anid neads to report loss 27 Dec 2012 Feels 1200 0th TRODO023 E Tesiing New n T Ability to create new author 27 Dec 2012 am e 1200 0 0h TR000021 z Ability to create new book 4 Dec 2003 11000003 1 2h TRO00018 2 Ability to adit existing book 4 Dec 2003 1 1 0 0 0003 12h TR000019 T Ability to create new author 4 Dec 2003 11000003 12h TR000020 Ability to cre
366. ts associated with the selected test run step Each of the incidents listed will reflect the most up to date information regarding that incident including its type status priority name assigned owner detection date and who first detected it Clicking on the incident number hyperlink will take you to the details page for that incident which is described in section 6 2 5 6 4 Console Output In the case of an automated test run this tab will display the details of the test run as reported from the test runner application These details will vary depending on the type of automated tool being used but typically they include the name of the automated test runner the number of assertions raised the name of the corresponding test case in the tool the status of the test run and a detailed error message and stack irace in the case of a failure An example test run as reported from the NUnit automated test runner is illustrated below _ Console Output Runner Name NUnit Assert Count 1 Automation Host TestName _01_TestCreateBook Message Expected 1 but 2 was found Details Object variable or With block variable not set Description An unhandled exception occurred during the execution of the current web request Please review the stack trace for more information about the error and where it originated in the code Exception Details System NullReferenceException Object variable or With block variable not set Source Error
367. uments screenshots or web links URLs that have been attached to the incident The documents can be in any format though SpiraTeam will only display the icon for certain known types Overview Attachments History Associations gt Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh A Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 2 out of 2 attachment s p ar vj ay vj mj Ay v oct s Erer Siatka iiie Stack Trace 24 KB Fred Bloggs Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000004 Screen Shot 88 KB Fred Bloggs 24 Apr 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000006 Web Page capture htm Show 15 V jrows per page Displaying page 1 of 1 The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To remove an existing attachment from an incident simply click the lt Remove gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can als
368. unctional System Requirements D Online Library Management System A Book Management 2 Ability to add new books to the system 4 Ability to edit existing books in the system ay Y al Completes v jE 1 00 0 0001 1 v fag None Y Completed Y 1 9 0 0 0002 1 Y None 5 Ability to delete existing books in the syste a Completed 110 00001 RQ000007 Completed 11000001 RQ000008 Completed 11000002 RQ000009 Completed 1200 RQ000010 In Progress RQ000011 In Progress RQ000013 Planned RQ000019 edit Requested RQ000022 Show 45 rows per page 4 Displaying page Sof 1 gt gt ret Ability to associate books with different subjects Es ra Ability lo associate books with differant authors d a E Abily to associate books with different editions e J Abily to completely erase all books stored in th D Edition Management T Author Management gt m D T Subject Management z s a e 5 r f oe j A r A G G 5 Kg lt gt 7 t a gt sis c a 5 a is E a Administration Functions If you click lt Edit gt on more than one row the lt Update gt and lt Cancel gt buttons are only displayed on the first row and you can make changes to all the editable rows and then update the changes by clicking the one lt Update gt button Also if you want to make the same change to multiple rows e g
369. underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the Download Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 11 8 7 Task Velocity Chart The Task Velocity graph shows the total estimated and actual effort in number of hours delivered in each project release and or iteration v Task Graphs wx Graph Name Task Velocity Filter 44 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 7 Task Velocity 79 E Actwal Velocity m Expected Yelocity 1 1 0 0 0001 4_4 0 0 0007 1_1 0 0 0003 gt Display Data Gnd Save As JPEG BMP PNG The y axis of the graph displays the total estimated and actual effort delivered in hours and the x axis can be configured to display three different levels of granularity gt All Releases This shows the total estimated and actual effort for each of the releases in the project gt Specific Release This shows the total estimated and actual effort for each of the iterations in the selected release gt Specific Iteration This shows the total estimated actual effort for each working day in the date range covered by the selected iteration Clicking on the Display Data Grid link will display the underlying data that is being used to generate the graph In addition clicking on the
370. uted against the release Each test run is listed together with the date of execution the name of the test case the name of the tester the release version of the system that the test was executed against the name of the test set if applicable the overall execution status for the test case in that run and a link to the actual test run details See section 5 6 In addition you can choose to display any of the custom properties associated with the test run Overview Incidents Reqs amp Tasks Test Cases Test Runs Attachments gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Show hide columns v ee 1 5 out of 5 test run s Se AY results by Release Clear Goa Sa AW i AW ES CRD CE mer ce g E Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 1 0 0 0 TR000001 Internet Explorer Windows 8 for Release 1 0 i Ability to create new book 1 Dec 2003 1 0 0 0 b TROO0012 Opera Windows Server 2003 E Ability to edit existing book 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 1 0 0 l I TR000003 for Release 1 0 S Ability to create new author 1 Dec 2003 Testing Cycle 1 0 TRO00004 for Release 1 0 Z Ability to edit existing book 1 Dec 2003 0 TRO00010 Show 15 w rows per page 4 lt Displaying page ao Sofi gt bh The customize columns drop down list allows you to change the fields that are displayed in the test run list as columns To show a column that is not alrea
371. ve test sets in the hierarchy there are two options 1 Click on the icon the test set folder you want to move and then drag the icon to the location you want it moved The background of the destination location will change as the icon is dragged over it to illustrate where it will be inserted Once you have the test set folder positioned at the correct place that you want it inserted just release the mouse button and the test set list will be refreshed with the item moved to the desired location To move multiple items simply select their checkboxes and then drag and drop one of the selected items 2 Alternatively you can simply select the check boxes of the test sets you want to move and then select the Edit gt Cut menu option This will cut the current test set selection to the clipboard Then you should select the place where you want the test sets to be inserted and choose the Edit gt Paste option The test sets will now be moved into the destination location you specified 5 7 12 Printing Items To quickly print a single test set test set folder or list of test sets you can select the items checkboxes and then click Tools gt Print Items This will display a popup window containing a printable version of the selected items 5 7 13 Right Click Context Menu Spiraleam provides a shortcut called the context menu for accessing some of the most commonly used functions so that you don t need to move your mouse up to th
372. verage history etc Report Elements Requirements Details List of Attached Documents Artifact Change History Linked Requirements Test Case Coverage Linked Incidents Associated Tasks Source Code gt Standard Field Filters This allows you to constrain the range of data being reported on based on the various fields associated with the artifact in question These filters are typically selections from multi valued dropdown lists and date ranges v Requirements Details Standard Field Filters Author All Importance Owner Status Creation Date Last Updated ID Progress Test Coverage Name Actual Effort Plan Effort Projected Effort Remaining Effort Task Effort Release gt Custom Property Filters This allows you to constrain the range of data being reported on based on the custom fields associated with the artifact by your project administrator These filters can be either freetext or drop down lists _ Requirements Details Custom Property Filters URL Difficulty Requirement Type Notes Review Date gt Sort Options This option is only available for the non hierarchical data reports i e for test runs incidents and tasks only and allows you to specify the sort order of the results returned in the report For the hierarchical data based
373. w of the project to reflect the types of information that are relevant to you If you have closed a widget that you subsequently decide you want to reopen you can rectify by clicking the Add Items hyperlink at the top of the page and locating the closed item from the list of Closed Widgets When you load your Project Home for the first time it will consists of the following main elements v Project Overview Shared Searches Requirements Summary Requirements Coverage Release Task Progress Requirements Graphs Task Graphs Late Finishing Tasks Top Open Issues Top Open Risks Test Execution Status Release Test Summary Incident Summary Incident Open Count VV VV VV VV VV VY VV WV Requirement Incident Count However these are not the only widgets available If you click on the Add Remove items hyperlink it will display the list of any additional widgets that are available Add Remove Items Close Choose which items you d like to add Closed Widgets 0 Available Widgets 7 Available Widgets LJ Requirements Regression Coverage L_ Test Set Status _ incident Aging L_ incident Test Coverage Tag Cloud L_ Recent Builds L Late Starting Tasks Add to Left Side You can add the additional widgets by selecting the appropriate checkbox choosing the destination location left side vs right side and then click the Add button The additional widgets available in the Project Home
374. w on the right The backlog items in this view will only be requirements with associated tasks and test cases Planning Product Backlog vja Detailed View Incidents Ll Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Priority gt Unassigned Items dh om RQ 34 j RO 35 l Reliability requirements Scalability requirements ar RQ 20 RQ 21 RQ 23 RQ 26 Ability to add new subjects to the system Ability to edit existing subjects in the Ability to completely backup the Ability to create new users in the system i5 system 15 database RQ27 RQ 36 Ability to modify existing users in the Mainteinability requirements system STL an RQ 25 Ability to import from legacy system x The top section will contain the list of items that are not assigned a priority with the other sections containing the items that have been assigned to the specific priority 13 1 4 Product Backlog By Status This view is designed to let you see the product backlog organized by requirement status Each of the possible status values for an unscheduled item is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view will only be requirements with associated tasks and test cases This view is commonly called a Kanban board Planning pe Product Backlog Cl Detailed View Incidents _l Tasks _ Test Cases Group By By Status
375. w the detailed information of all the peer documents by clicking on the navigation links without having to first return to the main document list page The top part of the main pane allows you to view and or edit the details of the particular document You can edit the various fields name description etc and once you are satisfied with them simply click the lt Save gt button at the top of the page to commit the changes In addition you can delete the current document by choosing lt Delete gt or discard any changes made by clicking lt Refresh gt The lower part of the main pane can be switched between two different views by clicking the appropriate tab Initially the pane will be in Versions mode but it can be switched to Association as well The functionality in each of these two views is described below 10 2 1 Edit Document Versions This view displays the list of different versions that exist for the current document When you initially create a new document there will be only a single version e g v1 0 however as revisions are made to the document rather than having to create a whole new document you can just upload the new revision as a new version e g v1 1 and it will be added to the list of versions Each version in the list is displayed with its name a description of what changed in the version the version number assigned to the revision the file size who uploaded the new version and a link to actually op
376. will propagate the new value to all editable items in the same column If you want to edit lots of items first select their checkboxes and then click the Edit button on the same row as the Filters and it will switch all the selected items into edit mode When you have made your updates you can either click lt Update gt to commit the changes or lt Cancel gt to revert back to the original information Alternatively pressing the lt ENTER gt key will commit the changes and pressing the lt ESCAPE gt key will cancel the changes 5 10 Automation Host Details When you click on an automation host entry in the host list you are taken to the automation host details page illustrated below Internal Projects p gt Library Information Syelem Automation Homs gt Automation Hes Denil ax Bock to Host List F m amp Refresh Display Cumesi Fitter 7 E windows 3 Hos Host Name Windows 8 Host AH 000001 E Windows Vista Host 1 Name E Windows Wista Host 2 e H Windows 7 Host Overview Details iken wing Active ves F Last Updated 0 2009 8 00 00 PM Web Browser Indeed Loqpores Uparaing System windows g 05 Version gt Desc riptan F sue T Rru S a tte Ls epoOem Windows S wilh ETO Firelox 14 Chrome and Satin This page is made up of three areas the left pane is the navigation window the upper part of the right pane contains the automation host detailed information itself and the
377. wnload Data as CSV link will export the datagrid into Comma Separated Values CSV format that can be opened in MS Excel Some browsers also support the ability to save the graph as an image file JPEG PNG and GIF formats 12 Source Code This section outlines the source code integration features of SpiraPlan and SpiraTeam that can be used to browse the source code repository associated with a particular project and link artifacts in SpiraTeam to revisions commits made in the source code repository This functionality allows project members to quickly view files in the repository through a convenient web interface and also to see the end to end traceability from requirements tasks and incidents to the code changes that addressed the requirement fulfilled the task or resolved the incident The software can be integrated with a variety of different version control Software Configuration Management SCM systems by means of different plug ins This section will outline the general features irrespective of the type of version control provider being used For details on using a specific provider e g Subversion please refer to the separate SpiraPlan Team Version Control Integration Guide This section also assumes that an administrator has already configured the project to be integrated with the version control provider The steps for using the administrative interface are described in the separate SpiraTeam Administration Guide 12 1 Sour
378. y Iteration This view is designed to let you see the release backlog organized by iteration sprint Each of the iterations defined for the current release is displayed as a heading with the backlog items displayed in the same column underneath The backlog items in this view can be either requirements with associated tasks and test cases or incidents This view is commonly called a Scrum board Planning 1 1 0 0 Library System Release 1 1 v LlDetailed View Mlincidents Tasks Ll Test Cases Group By By Iteration W IN 5 R IN G Cannot install system on Oracle 9i The book listing screen doesn t sort f3 4 1 0 0 0001 Iteration 001 HF f1 1 4 0 0 0002 Iteration 002 F EJ 1 1 0 0 0003 Iteration 003 42 Available Utilized Available Utilized Available Utilized ini 24 0h 28 7h A 72 0h i bility to associate books with different Ability to link authors to their contact subjects information RO7 RQ i RQ 17 J Abitity Ability to associate books with different You can drag and drop the requirements between the different iterations If you schedule a requirement for a specific iteration all the child tasks that have not yet been started will follow the parent requirement in being associated with the iteration Once the backlog item has been added to the iteration the utilized effort for the iteration will increase and the available effort will decrease by the same amount
379. y of the custom properties set up by the project owner 6 1 6 Edit Each incident in the list has an lt Edit gt button display in its right most column When you click this button or just double click on any of the cells in the row you change the item from View mode to Edit mode The various columns are made editable and lt Update gt lt Cancel gt buttons are displayed in the last column Internal Projects gt Library Information System seach Q Planning Testing Tracking Reporting Zz Fred Bloggs Incidents e dp New Incident 3 Delete Refresh Gh Copy ff Tools y Showtide columns Displaying 1 14 out of 14 incidentis for this project Filtering results by Type Clear Filters 4 ame Y vo iv ug Amy ij mi y Am lt L TN 8 Database not backing up correctly Bug Open Joe P Smith INDO00004 Ed t Cannot add a new baok to the syst rn Bug Duplicate Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs INO00017 edit Cannot install system on Oracle Ji fii Bug r ad Coen Free Gieggs vE None fag 5 W Cannot add a new book to the system Bug Assgnea Joe P Seih Vakiation on the edit book page Bug Resolved Fred Bloggs Joe P Smith session handling Closed Joe P Smith Joe P Smith 20 Nov 2003 NO000115 EUe T Eding the daty on a book ip clunk Assigned Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs inoo000s 2 Quote handling issues throughout Resolved Fre
380. y of the five bars the color of the bar changes slightly and the underlying raw data is displayed as a tooltip together with the percentage equivalent Clicking on any of the bars brings up the project test set list see section 5 6 page with the appropriate filter applied In addition to the bar chart there is also a display of the five most overdue test sets in the project 3 4 16 Incident Aging This section displays the number of days incidents have been left open in the system The chart is organized as a histogram with the count of incidents on the y axis and different age intervals on the x axis 3 4 17 Incident Test Coverage This section displays a bar graph that illustrates the execution status of any test cases that previously failed and resulted in the generation of an incident that has subsequently been resolved This is very useful when a test case was executed in Release 1 0 and an incident was logged That incident has now been resolved in Release 1 1 and is in a closed status but we need to know that the test case that caused the failure has been successfully re run Any test cases listed as Blocked Caution Not Run or Failed in this graph need to be executed to verify that all resolved bugs in the release have truly been fixed 3 4 18 Task Graphs This widget lets you quickly view the three main graphs used when measuring the progress of tasks in an agile methodology 1 Task Velocity this graph shows the total e
381. y the icon for certain Known types Overview Req Coverage Test Runs Releases Incidents Attachments History gt Add New Add Existing Remove Refresh A Filter Clear Filter Include Source Code Documents Displaying 1 1 out of 1 attachment s H av VE iaw Y m aw vy oc Sequence Diagram for Book Mgt pdf UML Diagram 35 KB Joe P Smith May 2006 Fred Bloggs DC000007 Show 15 W rows per page Displaying page 1 of 1 The attachment list includes the filename that was originally uploaded together with the file size in KB name of the person who attached it and the date uploaded In addition if you position the pointer over the filename and hold it there for a few seconds a detailed description is displayed as a tooltip To actually view the document simply click on the filename hyperlink and a new web browser window will open Depending on the type of file this window will either display the document or prompt you for a place to save it on your local computer To delete an existing attachment from a test case simply click the lt Delete gt button and the attachment will be removed from the list If you are using SpiraPlan or SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest you can also choose to include file attachments stored in a linked version control system e g Subversion CVS Perforce etc by selecting the Include Source Code Documents option To attach a new document
382. you are using a non Windows computer e g Macintosh that doesn t put file extensions on filenames e g xls for an Excel sheet automatically then you will need to manually add the file extension to the filename before uploading if you want it to be displayed with the correct icon in the attachment list You can also associate an existing document that s already stored in Spiraleam with the incident To do that click on the Add Existing hyperlink to bring up the add file association dialog box You can then choose to either associate a document stored in the SpiraTeam Documents repository or in the case of SpiraPlan SpiraTeam but not SpiraTest from the linked source code repository In either case you first select the appropriate folder and then pick the documeni s from the file list on the right In the case of a source code file association you can also add a comment 6 2 6 History In this mode the main pane displays the list of changes that have been performed on the incident artifact since its creation An example incident change history is depicted below Overview Attachments History Associations gt Refresh Apply Filter Clear Filter Displaying 1 7 out of 7 change s 27 Dec 2012 Review Date 7 4 2012 1 12 09 AM 7 4 2012 12 00 00 AM Fred Bloggs Modified 27 Dec 2012 Decimal 0 998 1 0 Fred Bloggs Modified 27 Dec 2012 Owner Joe P Smith Fred Bloggs Fred Bloggs Modified 2

SpiraTest v4.2 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents